Owner's Manual 2018 Yukonxl

User Manual: Pdf 2018-yukonxl

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 425

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

18_GMC_Yukon_YukonDenalli_COV_en_US_84016524A_2017JUN23.ai 1 6/21/2017 8:13:42 AM

2018 Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali

Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner’s Manual

CMY

84016524 A

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Contents

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 27
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 122
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 179
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 188
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 369
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 386
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 396
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the
GMC Truck Emblem, YUKON, and
DENALI are trademarks and/or
service marks of General Motors
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Company” for
GMC wherever it appears in this
manual.

Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 84016524 A First Printing

This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner’s manual.
Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners
A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:

Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
USA

Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.

Danger, Warning, and
Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.

Propriétaires Canadiens
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
©

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Introduction

{ Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.

{ Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.

A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”

Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’s
Caution
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
damage.

manual has additional instructions
or information.

* : Shown when the service
manual has additional instructions
or information.
0 : Shown when there is more
information on another page —
“see page.”
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. See the
features in this manual for
information.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light
# : Air Conditioning
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
$ : Brake System Warning Light
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
` : Do Not Puncture
^ : Do Not Service
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer

j : LATCH System Child Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
O : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Seat Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Introduction

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Passenger Sensing System . . . 14
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15
Throttle and Brake Pedal
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 17
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . .
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . .
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . .
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . .
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Remote System . . . . .
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20
20
20
20
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
23
23

Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel (L83 5.3L V8 Engine) . . . . .
Fuel (L86 6.2L V8 Engine) . . . . .
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . .

24
24
25
25
25
25

Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

Instrument Panel

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief
1. Air Vents 0 185.
2. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 154
(If Equipped).
3.

g Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 229.

j Power Assist Steps 0 48 (If
Equipped).

X Parking Assist Button (If
Equipped). See Assistance
Systems for Parking or Backing
0 243.

A Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) 0 252 (If Equipped).

0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If
Equipped). See Adjustable
Throttle and Brake Pedal
0 205.
4. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn
and Lane-Change Signals
0 174.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 123.

5. Favorite Switches (Out of
View). See “Steering Wheel
Controls” in the infotainment
manual.
Volume Switches (Out of View).
See “Steering Wheel Controls”
in the infotainment manual.
6. Hazard Warning Flashers
0 174.
7. Instrument Cluster 0 133.
8. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission 0 216.
Tow/Haul Selector Button. See
Tow/Haul Mode 0 222.
Range Selection Mode (If
Equipped). See Manual Mode
0 218.
9. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System 0 173.
10. Infotainment 0 179.
11. Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 180.
12. Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 67.

13. Rear Climate Control Buttons.
See Rear Climate Control
System 0 184.
14. Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0 207 or Ignition Positions
(Keyless Access) 0 205.
15. Steering Wheel Controls. See
the infotainment manual.
16. Horn 0 123.
17. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 123.
18. Hood Release. See Hood
0 279.
19. Cruise Control 0 233.
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 235
(If Equipped).
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 246 (If Equipped).
Heated Steering Wheel 0 123.
20. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If
Equipped). See Towing
Equipment 0 267.
21. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 143.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

22. Automatic Transfer Case Knob
(If Equipped). See Four-Wheel
Drive 0 222.

Initial Drive
Information

23. Parking Brake 0 228.

This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.

24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 170.
Fog Lamps 0 175 (If
Equipped).
25. Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 176.

For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner’s manual.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System

Key Access RKE Transmitter

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is used to remotely lock
and unlock the doors and it may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.

Keyless Access RKE Transmitter

K : Press to unlock the driver door.
Press K again within three seconds
to unlock all remaining doors.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

Q : Press to lock all doors.

Remote Vehicle Start

Door Locks

Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

The engine can be started from
outside of the vehicle.

To lock or unlock the doors from
inside the vehicle:

Starting the Vehicle

Press Q or K on a power door
lock switch.

Pushing down the manual lock
knob on the driver door will lock
all doors. Pushing down the lock
knob on a passenger door will
lock that door only.

Pulling the door handle once will
unlock that door. Pulling the
handle again will unlatch it.

b : Press twice to open or close

Q on the

the liftgate. Press once to stop the
liftgate from moving.

1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.

c : Press twice to open the
liftglass.

2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash.

7 : Press and release to initiate
vehicle locate. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times.
Press 7 and hold for more than
three seconds to sound the panic
alarm.
Press 7 again to cancel the panic
alarm.
See Keys (Keyless Access) 0 27 or
Keys (Key Access) 0 28 and
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 31.

Start the vehicle normally after
entering.
When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on.
Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 39.

To lock or unlock the doors from
outside the vehicle press Q or K on
the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 33.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

Power Door Locks

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 33.

Liftgate

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 33.
Use the pull cup to lower and close
the liftgate. Do not press the touch
pad while closing the liftgate. This
will cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.

Power Liftgate Operation
If equipped with a power liftgate, the
switch is on the overhead console.
The vehicle must be in P (Park).

Q : Press to lock the doors.
K : Press to unlock the doors.

Choose the power liftgate mode by
selecting MAX or 3/4. Press 8 on
the overhead console. On the RKE
transmitter press b twice quickly.

See Door Locks 0 41.

Keyless Access
If equipped with Keyless Access,
the RKE transmitter must be within
1 m (3 ft) of the driver door.
Pressing the button on the driver
door handle will unlock the driver
door. If the handle button is pressed
again within five seconds, the
passenger doors and liftgate will
unlock.

To open the liftgate, press K on the
power door lock switch or press K
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter twice to unlock all doors.
Press the touch pad on the
underside of the liftgate handle and
lift up.

Pressing and releasing b while the
liftgate is moving stops the liftgate.
Pressing again reverses the
direction.
To close, press l on the bottom
of the liftgate next to the latch.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief
To disable the power liftgate
function, select OFF on the liftgate
switch. See Liftgate 0 43.

Seat Adjustment

Reclining Seatbacks

Power Seats

Windows

Power windows work when the
ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 212.
Using the window switch, press to
open or pull to close the window.
The windows may be temporarily
disabled if they are used repeatedly
within a short time.

To adjust the seat:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 62.

To recline the seatback:
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 63.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

Lumbar Adjustment

To adjust the lumbar support:
. Press and hold the control
forward to increase or rearward
to decrease upper and lower
lumbar support at the same time.
. Press and hold the control up to
increase upper lumbar support
and decrease lower lumbar
support.
Press and hold the control down
to increase lower lumbar support
and decrease upper lumbar
support.
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 63.

Memory Features

If equipped, memory seats allow two
drivers to store and recall their
unique seat positions for driving the
vehicle, and a shared exit position
for getting out of the vehicle. Other
feature positions may also be set,
such as power mirrors, power
steering wheel, and adjustable
pedals, if equipped. Memory
positions are linked to RKE
transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic
memory recalls.
Before storing, adjust all available
memory feature positions. Turn the
ignition on and then press and

release SET; a beep will sound.
Then immediately press and hold 1,
2, or B (Exit) on the driver door
until two beeps sound. To manually
recall these positions, press and
hold 1, 2, or B until the saved
position is reached.
When Auto Memory Recall is
enabled in vehicle personalization,
positions previously stored to
memory buttons 1 and 2 are
recalled when the ignition is
changed from off to on or ACC/
ACCESSORY.
When Easy Exit Options is enabled
in vehicle personalization, the
feature automatically recalls the
previously stored exit position when
exiting the vehicle. See Memory
Seats 0 64.

Second Row Seats
The second row seatbacks can be
folded for additional cargo space,
or the seats can be folded and
tumbled for easy entry/exit to the
third row seats. The seatbacks also
recline.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

Third Row Seats

Press J to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.

Third row seatbacks can be folded.
See Third Row Seats 0 74.

Press C to ventilate the driver or
passenger seat.

Heated and Ventilated
Seats

See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 67.

See Second Row Seats 0 69.

Seat Belts

Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
The buttons are on the center stack
below the climate control system. To
operate, the engine must be
running.
Press I to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.

See Head Restraints 0 61 and
Power Seat Adjustment 0 62.

Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
seat belts properly:
. Seat Belts 0 76.
.

How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
0 77.

Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 78.

Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 104.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

Passenger Sensing
System

The passenger airbag status
indicator will light on the overhead
console when the vehicle is started.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 142.

Exterior Mirrors
Power Mirrors

Mirror Adjustment
Interior Mirror
United States

Adjustment
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror

Canada and Mexico
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 91

Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.

Shown with Power Folding
Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar
To adjust the mirrors:

Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror

1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
driver or passenger side mirror.

If equipped, the mirror automatically
dims to reduce the glare of
headlamps from behind. The
dimming feature comes on when the
vehicle is started.

2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
3. Press either (1) or (2) again to
deselect the mirror.
See Power Mirrors 0 53.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief
Folding Mirrors
The outside mirrors can be folded
inward to prevent damage when
going through an automatic car
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward
the vehicle. See Folding Mirrors
0 53.

Steering Wheel
Adjustment

Throttle and Brake Pedal
Adjustment

Power Tilt and Telescoping
Steering Wheel

If equipped, the position of the
throttle and brake pedals can be
changed.

Power Folding Mirrors

To adjust the power tilt and
telescoping steering wheel:
To adjust power folding mirrors,
if equipped:
1. Press { to fold the mirrors
inward.
2. Press { again to return the
mirrors to the driving position.

Press the control to move the
steering wheel up and down or
forward and rearward.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

The vehicle may have a memory
function, which lets pedal settings
be saved and recalled. See Memory
Seats 0 64.

DOOR : The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.

Interior Lighting

Reading Lamps

ON : Turns all dome lamps on.

Dome Lamps
Press m or n next to each reading
lamp to turn it on or off.
For more information on interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control 0 176.

Exterior Lighting

There are dome lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped.
To change the dome lamp settings,
press the following:
OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
when a door is open.

There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. To operate, the ignition
be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY or
using Retained Accessory
Power (RAP).

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.

Fog Lamps 0 175

Windshield Wiper/Washer

There are four positions.

O : Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to O again to turn the
automatic headlamps or DRL
back on.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
the off position will only work when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
roof marker lamps (if equipped), and
license plate lamps.

The windshield wiper control is on
the turn signal lever.
The windshield wipers are controlled
by turning the band with z
FRONT on it.

1 : Fast wipes.
w : Slow wipes.

FRONT band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
wipes.
To turn on Rainsense, press z
AUTO on the lever, then turn the
z FRONT band on the wiper
lever to adjust the sensitivity.
. Turn the band up to a higher INT
setting for more sensitivity to
moisture.
. Turn the band down to the lower
INT setting for less sensitivity to
moisture.
Move the band out of the 3 INT
position to deactivate Rainsense.
OFF : Turns the windshield
wipers off.

; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.

8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. For several wipes,
hold the band on 8 longer.

5 : Turns on the headlamps with

Lm : Push the paddle at the top of
the lever to spray washer fluid on
the windshield.

the parking lamps and instrument
panel lights.
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 170

3 INT : Use this setting for
intermittent wipes or Rainsense™.
For intermittent wipes, turn the z

See Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 123.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

Climate Controls
This system controls the heating,
cooling, and ventilation.

9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control
Lockout)
10. Rear Temperature Control

Transmission
Range Selection Mode

11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control
12. Rear Fan Control
13. Front Climate Control Power
Button
14. Rear AUTO (Automatic
Operation)
15. Rear Climate Control Power
Button
16. Air Recirculation
17. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
1. Driver Temperature Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. Fan Control
5. Defrost
6. Passenger Temperature
Control
7. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
8. Rear Window Defogger

See Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 180 and Rear Climate
Control System 0 184 (if equipped).

The Range Selection Mode switch,
if equipped, is on the shift lever.
1. To enable the Range Selection
feature, move the shift lever to
the L (Manual Mode) position.
The current range will appear
next to the L. This is the
highest attainable range with
all lower gears accessible. As
an example, when 5 (Fifth)
gear is selected, 1 (First)
through 5 (Fifth) gears are
available.
2. Press the plus/minus buttons
on the shift lever to select the
desired range of gears for
current driving conditions. See
Manual Mode 0 218.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

4 n : Vehicles with a two speed
automatic transfer case have a
Four-Wheel Drive Low position. This
setting sends maximum power to all
four wheels. You might choose 4 n if
you are driving off-road in deep
sand, mud, or snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills.

While using Range Selection Mode,
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 222.

Four-Wheel Drive
If equipped, the engine's driving
power can be sent to all four wheels
for extra traction.

Automatic Transfer Case

Single Speed Transfer Case
The transfer case knob is to the left
of the steering wheel. Use this knob
to shift into and out of the different
four-wheel drive modes.
2 m : This setting is used for driving
in most street and highway
situations.
AUTO : This setting is ideal for use
when road surface traction
conditions are variable.

Two Speed Transfer Case

4 m : Use the Four-Wheel Drive High
position when extra traction is
needed, such as on snowy or icy
roads or in most off-road situations.

N (Neutral) : Vehicles with a two
speed automatic transfer case have
an N (Neutral) position. Shift the
transfer case to N (Neutral) only
when towing the vehicle.
See Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 355 or Towing the Vehicle 0 355.
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 222.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

Vehicle Features

Cruise Control

Infotainment System

See Cruise Control 0 233 or
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 235 (If
Equipped).

See the infotainment manual for
information on the radio, audio
players, phone, navigation system,
Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE),
and voice or speech recognition,
if equipped. It also includes
information on settings.

Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC display is in the instrument
cluster. It shows the status of many
vehicle systems.

Steering Wheel Controls
The infotainment system can be
operated by using the steering
wheel controls. See "Steering
Wheel Controls" in the infotainment
manual.

* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.

5 : Press to turn the system on or
off. The indicator light is white when
cruise control is on and turns off
when cruise control is off.
SET − : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press to resume that
speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.

w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

o or p : Press to move between
the interactive display zones in the
cluster.
V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 151.

Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator, V, when a vehicle
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
vehicle too closely. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps or pulses the driver seat.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 246.

it detects that you are actively
steering. Override LKA by turning
the steering wheel. LKA uses a
camera to detect lane markings
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
180 km/h (112 mph).
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 252 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
0 252.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)
If equipped, the LCA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding lane change
crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display
will light up in the corresponding
outside mirror and will flash if the
turn signal is on. The Side Blind
Zone Alert (SBZA) system is
included as part of the LCA system.
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
0 250 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)
0 250.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief
.

One inside the center storage
console

If equipped, RVC shows a view of
the area behind the vehicle on the
infotainment display when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
aid with parking and low-speed
backing maneuvers.

and avoiding objects while in
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
show a warning triangle on the
infotainment display and a graphic
on the instrument cluster to provide
the object distance. In addition,
multiple beeps or seat pulses may
occur if very close to an object.

One on the rear of the center
storage console

One in the third row seat on the
driver side

One in the rear cargo area on
the passenger side

See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 243.

The vehicle may also have the Front
Parking Assist system.

Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
player, etc.

The vehicle may have up to five
accessory power outlets:

Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.

Vehicles with a Center Console
. One in front of the cupholders on
the center console

See Power Outlets 0 127.

Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)

Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) System
If equipped, the RCTA system uses
a triangle with an arrow on the
infotainment display to warn of
traffic behind your vehicle that may
cross your vehicle's path while in
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will
sound, or the driver seat will pulse.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 243.

Parking Assist
If equipped, Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the
rear bumper to assist with parking

See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 243.

Power Outlets
Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct
Current

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

Universal Remote System

Sunroof

press and release K (1). Press
the switch again to stop the
movement.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To
open the sunroof, press and hold I
(1). Release the switch at the
desired position. Press and hold
K (1) to close the sunroof.
Release the switch at the desired
position.
Tilt Switch

If equipped with the Universal
Remote system, these buttons will
be in the front overhead console.
This system provides a way to
replace up to three remote control
transmitters used to activate
devices such as garage door
openers, security systems, and
home automation devices.
See Universal Remote System
0 166.

1. SLIDE Switch
2. TILT Switch

If equipped, the sunroof only
operates when the ignition is on or
in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 212.
Slide Switch
Express-Open/Express-Close : To
express-open the sunroof, fully
press and release I (1). To
express-close the sunroof, fully

Vent : From the closed position,
press J (2) to vent the sunroof.
Press K (2) to close the
sunroof vent.
When the sunroof is opened, an air
deflector will automatically raise.
The air deflector will retract when
the sunroof is closed.
The sunroof also has a sunshade
which can be pulled forward to block
sun rays. The sunshade must be
opened and closed manually.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

If an object is in the path of the
sunroof while it is closing, the
automatic reversal system will
detect the object and stop the
sunroof.
See Sunroof 0 58.

Performance and
Maintenance
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
The vehicle has a traction control
system that limits wheel spin and
the StabiliTrak system that assists
with directional control of the vehicle
in difficult driving conditions. Both
systems come on automatically
when the vehicle is started and
begins to move.
. To turn off traction control, press
and release g on the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. The traction off light i
displays in the instrument
cluster. The appropriate DIC
message displays.
. To turn off both traction control
and StabiliTrak, press and hold
g until i and g illuminate in the
instrument cluster and the
appropriate DIC message
displays.

Press and release g again to
turn on both systems.

StabiliTrak will automatically turn on
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
(35 mph). Traction control will
remain off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 229.

Tire Pressure Monitor
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 200. The
warning light will remain on until the
tire pressure is corrected.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.

Fuel (L83 5.3L V8 Engine)

low as 87 may be used, but it will
reduce performance and fuel
economy. See Fuel 0 254.

E85 or FlexFuel

Regular Fuel

The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.

Use only unleaded gasoline rated
87 octane or higher in your vehicle.
Do not use gasoline with an octane
rating lower as it may result in
vehicle damage and lower fuel
economy. See Fuel 0 254.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 329.

Fuel (L86 6.2L V8 Engine)

Premium Recommended Fuel
Use premium 93 octane unleaded
gasoline in your vehicle. Unleaded
gasoline with an octane rating as

FlexFuel Possible
Certain models are compatible with
E85 fuel. See E85 or FlexFuel
0 256.

Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays a DIC message when
it is necessary to change the engine
oil and filter. The oil life system
should be reset to 100% only
following an oil change.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief

Resetting the Oil Life System
To reset the engine oil life system:
1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 151.
2. Press and hold V on the DIC.
The oil life will change
to 100%.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 151.
2. Fully press the accelerator
pedal slowly three times within
five seconds.
3. If the display changes to 100%,
the system is reset.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 285.

Driving for Better Fuel
Economy

Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
. Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
. When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
. Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
. Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
. Combine several trips into a
single trip.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.

Roadside Assistance
Program

Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.

U.S.: 1-888-881-3302
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New GMC owners are automatically
enrolled in the Roadside Assistance
Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 390.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and
Windows

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 51

Keys and Locks
Keys (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . .
Keys (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . .
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . .
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27
28
31

52
53
53
54
54
54
55

Interior Mirrors
31
33
39
41
42
42
42
42
43

Doors
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 49

Keys and Locks
Keys (Keyless Access)

Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . .
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 55
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 55
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

{ Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
an ignition key or Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
dangerous and children or others
could be seriously injured or
killed. They could operate the
power window or other controls or
make the vehicle move. The
windows will function with the key
in the ignition or with the RKE
transmitter in the vehicle, and
children or others could be caught
in the path of a closing window.
Do not leave children in a vehicle
with the ignition key or an RKE
transmitter.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 390.
If equipped with memory seats, RKE
transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to
seating positions of memory 1 or 2.
See Memory Seats 0 64.

Keys (Key Access)

{ Warning
If the vehicle has the Keyless
Access system, the transmitter has
a button on the side of the
transmitter used to remove the key.
Do not pull the key out without
pressing the button.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.
If the vehicle has the Keyless
Access system, there is a key in the
transmitter.
This key is used for the driver door
and glove box.

With an active OnStar service plan,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview 0 400.

Leaving children in a vehicle with
an ignition key or Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
dangerous and children or others
could be seriously injured or
killed. They could operate the
power window or other controls or
make the vehicle move. The
windows will function with the key
in the ignition or with the RKE
transmitter in the vehicle, and
children or others could be caught
in the path of a closing window.
Do not leave children in a vehicle
with the ignition key or an RKE
transmitter.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.

{ Warning
If the key is unintentionally
rotated while the vehicle is
running, the ignition could be
moved out of the RUN position.
This could be caused by heavy
items hanging from the key ring,
or by large or long items attached
to the key ring that could be
contacted by the driver or
steering wheel. If the ignition
moves out of the RUN position,
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
(Continued)

The ignition key and key rings, and
RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
system to reduce the risk of
unintentionally moving the key out
of the RUN position. The ignition
key has a small hole to allow
attachment of the provided key ring.
It is important that any replacement
ignition keys have a small hole. See
your dealer if a replacement key is
required.
The combination and size of the
rings that came with your keys were
specifically selected for your
vehicle. The rings are connected to
the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally

moving the key out of the RUN
position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
ignition key. Attach additional items
only to the second ring, and limit
added items to a few essential keys
or small, light items no larger than
an RKE transmitter.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Programming with Two
Recognized Keys (Key
Vehicles Only)
To program a new key:
1. Insert the original, already
programmed key in the ignition
and turn the ignition on without
starting the engine.
2. Turn the ignition off and
remove the key.

Interference from radio-frequency
identification (RFID) tags may
prevent the key from starting the
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from
the key when starting the vehicle.
The key is used for the driver door,
ignition, and glove box.
If equipped with memory seats,
keys 1 and 2 are linked to seating
positions of memory 1 or 2. See
Memory Seats 0 64.

Programming Keys to the
Vehicle
Follow these procedures to program
up to eight keys to the vehicle.

3. Quickly, within five seconds,
insert the second original
already programmed key in the
ignition and turn the ignition on
without starting the engine.
4. Turn the ignition off and
remove the key.
5. Insert the new key to be
programmed, and within
five seconds, turn the ignition
on without starting the engine.
The security light will turn off
once the key has been
programmed.
6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional
keys are to be programmed.

If a key is lost or damaged, see your
dealer to have a new key made.
Programming without Recognized
Keys (Key Vehicles Only)
Program a new key to the vehicle
when a recognized key is not
available. Canadian regulations
require that Canadian owners see
their dealer.
If two currently recognized keys are
not available, follow this procedure
to program the first key.
This procedure will take
approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The
vehicle must be off and all of the
keys must be with you.
1. Insert the new vehicle key into
the ignition.
2. Turn the ignition on without
starting the engine. The
security light will come on.
3. Wait 10 minutes until the
security light turns off.
4. Turn the ignition off.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
times. After the third time, turn
the ignition on; the key is
learned and all previously
known keys will no longer work
with the vehicle.
6. To learn the second key, turn
the ignition off, insert the
second key to be learned, and
turn the ignition on without
starting the engine.
After the two keys are learned,
remaining keys can be learned by
following the procedure in
“Programming with Two Recognized
Keys (Key Vehicles Only).”
The key has a bar-coded key tag
that the dealer or qualified locksmith
can use to make new keys. Store
this information in a safe place, not
in the vehicle.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.

If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 390.
With an active OnStar service plan,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview 0 400.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 396.
If there is a decrease in the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
range:
. Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
. Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.

If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
(Key Access)
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 31.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

/ : Press and release Q, then
immediately press and hold / until
the turn signal lamps flash or for at
least four seconds. The engine may
be started from outside the vehicle
using the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Vehicle Start 0 39.

Q : Press to lock all doors.
If enabled, the turn signal lamps
flash once to indicate locking has
occurred. If enabled, the horn chirps
when Q is pressed again within
three seconds. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.
Pressing Q arms the alarm system.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 49.
If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding Q for
one second will fold the mirrors,
if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

K : Press once to unlock only the
driver door. If K is pressed again
within three seconds, all remaining
doors unlock. The interior lamps

may come on and stay on for
20 seconds or until the ignition is
turned on.
If enabled, the turn signal lamps
flash twice to indicate unlocking has
occurred. If enabled, the exterior
lamps may turn on. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter
disarms the alarm system. See
Vehicle Alarm System 0 49.
If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding K for
one second will unfold the mirrors,
if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.
Press and hold K until the windows
fully open, if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

b : Press twice to open or close
the liftgate. Press once to stop the
liftgate from moving.
c : Press twice to open the
liftglass.

7 : Press and release to initiate the
vehicle locator. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times.
Press and hold 7 for more than
three seconds to activate the panic
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
and the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
when the ignition is turned on or 7
is pressed again. The ignition must
be off for the panic alarm to work.

Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to this vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
Each vehicle can have up to
eight transmitters programmed to it.
See your dealer for transmitter
programming.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Battery Replacement
Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
displays in the DIC.

1. Separate and remove the back
cover of the transmitter with a
flat, thin object, such as a coin.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access)
The Keyless Access system allows
for vehicle entry when the
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See
“Keyless Access Operation” later in
this section.

Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.

The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.

To replace the battery:
2. Press and slide the battery
down toward the pocket of the
transmitter in the direction of
the key ring. Do not use a
metal object
3. Remove the battery.
4. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing up. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
5. Push together the transmitter
back cover top side first, and
then the bottom toward the
key ring.

Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 31.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Q : Press to lock all doors.
If enabled, the turn signal lamps
flash once on the second press to
indicate locking has occurred.
If enabled, the horn chirps when Q
is pressed again within
three seconds. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.
If the driver door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors will lock and then
the driver door will immediately
unlock, if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.
If the passenger door is open when
Q is pressed, all doors lock.
Pressing Q arms the alarm system.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 49.

If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding Q for
one second will fold the mirrors,
if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

K : Press once to unlock only the
driver door. If K is pressed again
within three seconds, all remaining
doors unlock. The interior lamps
may come on and stay on for
20 seconds or until the ignition is
turned on.
If enabled, the turn signal lamps
flash twice to indicate unlocking has
occurred. If enabled, the exterior
lamps may turn on. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter
disarms the alarm system. See
Vehicle Alarm System 0 49.
If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding K for
one second will unfold the mirrors,
if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

Press and hold K until the windows
fully open, if remote window
operation is enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

b : Press twice to open or close
the liftgate. Press once to stop the
liftgate from moving.
c : Press twice to open the
liftglass.
7 : Press and release to initiate
vehicle locate. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times.
Press and hold 7 for more than
three seconds to activate the panic
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
and the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
when the ignition is turned on or 7
is pressed again. The ignition must
be off for the panic alarm to work.

Keyless Access Operation
The Keyless Access system allows
for doors and the liftgate to be
accessed without pressing the RKE
transmitter button. The RKE
transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Passenger Doors

of the liftgate or door being opened.
If the vehicle has this feature, there
will be a button on the outside door
handles.
Keyless Access can be
programmed to unlock all doors on
the first lock/unlock press from the
driver door. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.
If equipped with memory seats, RKE
transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to
seating positions of memory 1 or 2.
See Memory Seats 0 64.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Driver Door
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the door handle, pressing the
lock/unlock button on the driver door
handle will unlock the driver door.
If the lock/unlock button is pressed
again within five seconds, all
passenger doors and the liftgate will
unlock.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the
following occur:
. It has been more than
five seconds since the first lock/
unlock button press.
. Two lock/unlock button presses
were used to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has been
opened and all doors are now
closed.

When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the door handle, pressing the
lock/unlock button on a passenger
door handle will unlock all doors.
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the
following occur:
. The lock/unlock button was used
to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has been
opened and all doors are now
closed.
Passive Locking
If equipped with Keyless Access,
this feature will lock the vehicle
several seconds after all doors are
closed, if the vehicle is off and at
least one RKE transmitter has been
removed from the interior, or none
remain in the interior.
If other electronic devices interfere
with the RKE transmitter signal, the
vehicle may not detect the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

doors may lock with the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle. Do
not leave the RKE transmitter in an
unattended vehicle.
To customize the doors to
automatically lock when exiting the
vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,
Start” under Vehicle Personalization
0 158.
Temporary Disable of Passive
Locking
Temporarily disable passive locking
by pressing and holding K on the
interior door switch with a door open
for at least four seconds, or until
three chimes are heard. Passive
locking will then remain disabled
until Q on the interior door is
pressed, or until the vehicle is
turned on.
Remote Left In Vehicle Alert
When the vehicle is turned off and
an RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle, the horn will chirp three
times after all doors are closed. To
turn on or off see Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert

Key Access

If the vehicle is on with a door open,
and then all doors are closed, the
vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE
transmitter is not detected, the DIC
will display NO REMOTE
DETECTED and the horn will chirp
three times. This occurs only once
each time the vehicle is driven. To
turn on or off see Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

To access a vehicle with a dead
transmitter battery, see Door Locks
0 41.

Keyless Liftgate Opening
Press the touch pad on the
underside of the liftgate handle to
open the liftgate when all doors are
unlocked, or when the transmitter is
within 1 m (3 ft).

Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to the vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
The vehicle can be reprogrammed
so that lost or stolen transmitters no
longer work. Each vehicle can have
up to eight transmitters matched
to it.

Keyless Liftglass Opening

Programming with Two
Recognized Transmitters (Keyless
Access Vehicles Only)

Press the exterior liftglass button to
open the liftglass when all doors are
unlocked, or when the transmitter is
within 1 m (3 ft).

A new transmitter can be
programmed to the vehicle when
there are two recognized
transmitters.

See Liftgate 0 43.

To program, the vehicle must be off
and all transmitters, both currently
recognized and new, must be
with you.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
1. Remove the key from the
recognized transmitter.
2. Place the two recognized
transmitters in the cupholder or
on the passenger seat.
3. Insert the vehicle key into the
key lock cylinder on the driver
door handle. Then turn the key
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position, five times within
10 seconds.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays READY FOR
REMOTE#2, 3, 4, ETC.

Open the center console
storage area and the storage
tray. The transmitter pocket/
insert is in front of the storage
area next to the center console
storage area between the
driver and front passenger
seats.
5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
When the transmitter is
learned, the DIC display will
show that it is ready to program
the next transmitter.
6. Remove the transmitter from
the transmitter pocket and
press K or Q on the
transmitter.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
approximately 12 seconds to
exit programming mode.
7. Return the key back into the
transmitter.

4. Place the new transmitter in
the transmitter pocket/insert.

Programming without Two
Recognized Transmitters (Keyless
Access Vehicles Only)
If two currently recognized
transmitters are not available, follow
this procedure to program up to
eight transmitters. This feature is
not available in Canada. This
procedure will take approximately
30 minutes to complete. The vehicle
must be off and all transmitters to
be programmed must be with you.
1. Remove the vehicle key from
the transmitter.
2. Insert the vehicle key into the
key lock cylinder on the driver
door handle; then turn the key
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position, five times within
10 seconds.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays REMOTE
LEARN PENDING,
PLEASE WAIT.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

3. Wait for 10 minutes until the
DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
START BUTTON TO LEARN,
then press ENGINE
START/STOP.

7. Remove the transmitter from
the transmitter pocket/insert
and press K or Q on the
transmitter.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 5–7.

The DIC will again display
REMOTE LEARN PENDING,
PLEASE WAIT.
4. Repeat Step 3 two additional
times. After the third time all
previously known transmitters
will no longer work with the
vehicle. Remaining transmitters
can be relearned during the
next steps.
The DIC display should now
show READY FOR REMOTE
# 1.

When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
approximately 12 seconds to
exit programming mode.
5. Place the new transmitter in
the transmitter pocket/insert.
Open the center console
storage area and the storage
tray. The transmitter pocket/
insert is in front of the storage
area next to the center console
storage area between the
driver and front passenger
seats.
6. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
When the transmitter is
learned, the DIC display will
show that it is ready to program
the next transmitter.

8. Return the key back into the
transmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery
If the transmitter battery is weak or if
there is interference with the signal,
the DIC may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
START YOUR VEHICLE when
starting the vehicle.
To start the vehicle:
1. Open the center console
storage area and the
storage tray.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
To replace the battery:

2. Place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket/insert.

2. Lift the battery with a flat
object.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
N (Neutral) press the brake
pedal and ENGINE
START/STOP.

3. Remove the battery.
4. Insert the new battery, positive
side toward the back cover.
Replace with a CR2032 or
equivalent battery.

Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible.

5. Push together the transmitter.

Battery Replacement
Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC.

1. With the key removed, insert a
flat, thin object in the center of
the transmitter to separate and
remove the back cover.

Remote Vehicle Start
The climate control system will
come on when the vehicle is started
remotely depending on the outside
temperature.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

The rear defog and heated and
ventilated seats may also come on.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 67 and Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.
Laws in some communities may
restrict the use of remote starters.
Check local regulations for any
requirements on remote starting of
vehicles.
Do not use remote start if the
vehicle is low on fuel.
The vehicle cannot be remote
started if:
. The key is in the ignition (Key
Access) or the RKE transmitter
is in the vehicle (Keyless
Access).
. The hood is not closed.
.

There is an emission control
system malfunction and the
malfunction indicator lamp is on.

The engine will turn off during a
remote vehicle start if:
. The coolant temperature gets
too high.
. The oil pressure gets low.

The RKE transmitter range may be
reduced while the vehicle is running.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 31 or Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.
Starting the Engine Using Remote
Start
1. Press and release

2. Immediately press and hold /
until the turn signal lamps flash
or for at least four seconds.
When the vehicle starts, the
parking lamps will turn on. The
doors will be locked and the
climate control system may
come on.
The engine will continue to run
for 10 minutes. Repeat
Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute
time extension.
Turn the ignition on to operate the
vehicle.

Extending Engine Run Time
The engine run time can be
extended by 10 minutes, for a total
of 20 minutes, if during the first
10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are
repeated while the engine is still
running. An extension can be
requested, 30 seconds after
starting.
A maximum of two remote starts,
or a single start with an extension,
is allowed between ignition cycles.
The vehicle's ignition must be
turned on and then back off to use
remote start again.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

Turn the ignition on and then off.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Door Locks

Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
. Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. The doors
can be unlocked and
opened while the vehicle is
moving. The chance of
being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
seat belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
. Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
(Continued)

manual lock knob on a
passenger door will lock only
that door.

Warning (Continued)

{ Warning

death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.
.

Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the
doors can help prevent this
from happening.

Pulling an interior door handle
will unlock the door. Pulling the
door handle again unlatches it.

Keyless Access

Press Q or K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

If equipped, the RKE transmitter
must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the
liftgate or door being opened. Press
the button on the door handle to
open. See “Keyless Access
Operation” in Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 31 or Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access) 0 33.

Use the key in the driver door.

Free-Turning Locks

To lock or unlock the doors from
outside the vehicle:

To lock or unlock the doors from
inside the vehicle:
.

Press Q or K on the power door
lock switch.

Pushing down the manual lock
knob on the driver door will lock
all doors. Pushing down the

The door key lock cylinder turns
freely when either the wrong key is
used, or the correct key is not fully
inserted. The free-turning door lock
feature prevents the lock from being
forced open. To reset the lock, turn
it to the vertical position with the
correct key fully inserted. Remove
the key and insert it again. If this

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

does not reset the lock, turn the key
halfway around in the cylinder and
repeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks
Press Q or K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 33.

Delayed Locking

Automatic Door Locks

This feature delays the locking of
the doors until five seconds after all
doors are closed.

The doors will lock automatically
when all doors are closed, the
ignition is on, and the vehicle is
shifted out of P (Park).

Delayed locking can only be turned
on when the Unlocked Door
Anti-Lockout feature has been
turned off.
When Q is pressed on the power
door lock switch while the door is
open, a chime will sound three
times indicating delayed locking is
active.
The doors will lock automatically
five seconds after all doors are
closed. If a door is reopened before
that time, the five-second timer will
reset when all doors are closed
again.
Press Q on the door lock switch
again or press Q on the RKE
transmitter to lock the doors
immediately.

Q : Press to lock the doors.
K : Press to unlock the doors.

This feature can be programmed.
See “Delayed Door Lock” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 158.

If a vehicle door is unlocked, and
then opened and closed, the doors
will lock either when your foot is
removed from the brake or the
vehicle speed becomes faster than
13 km/h (8 mph).
To unlock the doors:
.

Press K on the power door lock
switch.

Shift the transmission into
P (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot be
disabled. Automatic door unlocking
can be programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

Lockout Protection
Key Access : When locking is
requested with the driver door open
and the key in the ignition, all the
doors will lock and then the driver
door will unlock.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding Q on the
power door lock switch.
Keyless Access : When locking is
requested with the driver door open
and the vehicle is on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY, all the doors will lock
and then the driver door will unlock.
If the vehicle is off and locking is
requested while a door is open,
when all doors are closed the
vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE
transmitter is detected and the
number of RKE transmitters inside
has not reduced, the driver door will
unlock and the horn will sound three
times.

driver door. The Unlocked Door
Anti-Lockout feature can be turned
on or off. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is
turned on and the vehicle is off, the
driver door is open, and locking is
requested, all the doors will lock and
the driver door will remain open.
Press the button again to lock the

Liftgate

{ Warning
Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
or with any objects that pass
through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
. Close all of the windows.

This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding Q on the
power door lock switch.
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

Doors

Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.

Press { to activate the safety locks
on the rear doors. The indicator light
comes on when activated.
Press { again to deactivate the
safety locks.

Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.

Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)

Manual Liftgate

and set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See
“Climate Control Systems”
in the Index.
.

Use the pull cup to lower and close
the liftgate. Do not press the touch
pad while closing the liftgate. This
will cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.

If the vehicle is equipped
with a power liftgate, disable
the power liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 215.

Caution
To avoid damage to the liftgate or
liftgate glass, make sure the area
above and behind the liftgate is
clear before opening it.

There will be a delay in the release
of the liftglass if there is an attempt
to open it while the rear wiper is in
motion.

To open the liftgate, press K on the
power door lock switch or press K
on the RKE transmitter twice to
unlock all doors. Press the touch
pad (1) on the underside of the
liftgate handle and lift up.
Press the button (2) above the
license plate to open the liftglass,
or press c twice quickly on the
RKE transmitter. Do not leave the
liftglass open when raising the
liftgate.

If equipped with Keyless Access,
the RKE transmitter must be within
1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate to
automatically unlock it.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 33.
The liftgate has an electric latch.
If the battery is disconnected or has
low voltage, the liftgate will not
open. The liftgate will resume
operation when the battery is
reconnected and charged.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Power Liftgate Operation

To open or close the liftgate, select
MAX or 3/4 mode and then:

{ Warning

You or others could be injured if
caught in the path of the power
liftgate. Make sure there is no one
in the way of the liftgate as it is
opening and closing.

Press b twice quickly on the
RKE transmitter until the liftgate
moves.

Press 8 on the overhead
console. The driver door must
be unlocked.

Press the touch pad on the
underside of the liftgate handle
after unlocking all doors.
If equipped with Keyless Access,
a locked vehicle can be opened
if the RKE transmitter is within
1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad.

Caution
Driving with an open and
unsecured liftgate may result in
damage to the power liftgate
components.

If equipped, the switch is on the
overhead console. The vehicle must
be in P (Park).
The modes are:
MAX : Opens to maximum height.
3/4 : Opens to a reduced height that
can be set from 3/4 to fully open.
Use to prevent the liftgate from
opening into overhead objects such
as a garage door or roof-mounted
cargo. The liftgate can be opened
all the way manually.
OFF : Opens manually only.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

46
.

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Press l on the bottom edge of
the liftgate next to the latch to
close.

time. If this occurs, the liftgate can
still be operated manually. Select
OFF on the liftgate switch.

Press any liftgate button, the touch
pad, or b on the RKE transmitter
while the liftgate is moving to stop it.
Pressing any liftgate button or
pressing b twice quickly on the
RKE transmitter restarts the
operation in the reverse direction.
Pressing the touch pad on the
liftgate handle will restart the
motion, but only in the opening
direction.

If the vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park) while the power function is
in progress, the liftgate will continue
to completion. If the vehicle is
accelerated before the liftgate has
completed moving, the liftgate may
stop or reverse direction. Check for
Driver Information Center (DIC)
messages and make sure the
liftgate is closed and latched before
driving.

Caution

If the power liftgate automatically
closes after a power opening cycle,
it indicates that the system is
reacting to excess weight on the
liftgate or a possible support strut
failure. Remove any excess weight.
If the liftgate continues to
automatically close after opening,
see your dealer for service before
using the power liftgate.

Manually forcing the liftgate to
open or close during a power
cycle can damage the vehicle.
Allow the power cycle to
complete.
The power liftgate may be
temporarily disabled in extremely
low temperatures, or after repeated
power cycling over a short period of

Falling Liftgate Detection

Interfering with the power liftgate
motion or manually closing the
liftgate too quickly after power
opening may resemble a support

strut failure. This could also activate
the falling liftgate detection feature.
Allow the liftgate to complete its
operation and wait a few seconds
before manually closing the liftgate.

Obstacle Detection Features
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle
during a power open or close cycle,
the liftgate will automatically reverse
direction and move a short distance
away from the obstacle. After
removing the obstruction, the power
liftgate operation can be used again.
If the liftgate encounters multiple
obstacles on the same power cycle,
the power function will deactivate.
After removing the obstructions,
manually close the liftgate. This will
allow normal power operation
functions to resume.
If the vehicle is locked while the
liftgate is closing, and an obstacle
prevents the liftgate from completely
closing, the horn will sound as an
alert that the liftgate did not close.
Pinch sensors are on the side
edges of the liftgate. If an object is
caught between the liftgate and the
vehicle and presses against a

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
sensor, the liftgate will reverse
direction and stop at a partially open
position. The liftgate will remain
open until it is activated again or
closed manually.

Setting the 3/4 Mode
To change the position the liftgate
stops at when opening:
1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and
open the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement at
the desired height by pressing
any liftgate button. Manually
adjust the liftgate position if
needed.
3. Press and hold l on the
bottom edge of the liftgate next
to the latch on the outside of
the liftgate until the turn signals
flash and a beep sounds. This
indicates the setting has been
recorded.
The liftgate cannot be set below a
minimum programmable height.
If there is no light flash or sound,
then the height adjustment may be
too low.

Manual Operation
Select OFF to manually operate the
liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the
beginning of this section.

Caution
Attempting to move the liftgate
too quickly and with excessive
force may result in damage to the
vehicle.
Operate the liftgate manually with a
smooth motion and moderate
speed. The system includes a
feature which limits the manual
closing speed to protect the
components.

Hands-Free Operation
If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle
Access, the liftgate may be
operated with a kicking motion
under the rear bumper.
The liftgate will not operate if the
RKE transmitter is not within
1 m (3 ft).

The hands-free feature will not work
while the liftgate is moving. To stop
the liftgate while in motion use one
of the liftgate switches.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Caution
Splashing water may cause the
liftgate to open. Keep the RKE
transmitter away from the rear
bumper detection area or turn the
liftgate mode to OFF when
cleaning or working near the rear
bumper to avoid accidental
opening.
Length of Kick Zone

To operate, move your foot in a
forward kicking motion under the
center of the rear bumper, then pull
it back.

Do not sweep your foot side
to side.

Do not keep your foot under the
bumper; the liftgate will not
activate.

Do not touch the liftgate until it
has stopped moving.

This feature may be temporarily
disabled under some conditions.
If the liftgate does not respond to
the kick, open or close the
liftgate by another method or
start the vehicle. The feature will
be re-enabled.

When closing the liftgate using this
feature, there will be a short delay.
The rear lights will flash and a
chime will sound. Step away from
the liftgate before it starts moving.

Power Assist Steps

{ Warning
Never place hands or other body
parts between the deployed
power assist steps and the
vehicle. You or others could be
seriously injured.

{ Warning
Never step on a moving assist
step. You or others could be
seriously injured.
Disable the power assist steps
before jacking or placing any object
under the vehicle. Too much ice
buildup may prevent deployment of
the power assist steps. Check the
step position before exiting the

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
power assist steps, clear the ice,
then enable the assist steps and
confirm normal function prior to use.
Keep hands, children, pets, objects,
and clothing clear of the power
assist steps when in motion. The
steps will reverse direction if they
encounter an obstruction when
opening or closing. Remove the
obstruction, then open and close the
door on the same side to complete
the motion of the assist steps. If the
obstruction is not cleared, the assist
steps remain extended while driving.

To extend both power assist steps
for cleaning, press j while the
vehicle is in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
Press j again to retract them.
The DIC will display a message.

Vehicle Security

Enable/Disable

Vehicle Alarm System

This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.

Press and hold j for four seconds
to lock and disable the power assist
steps. Press and hold j for
four seconds again to enable them.
The DIC will display a message.

The indicator light, on the
instrument panel near the
windshield, indicates the status of
the system.
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
A door, liftgate, or the hood is open.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Arming the Alarm System
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of
three ways:
. Use the RKE transmitter.
.

Use the Keyless Access
system.

With a door open, press Q
on the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarm
system will arm, and the
indicator light will begin to
slowly flash. Pressing Q on the
RKE transmitter a second time
will bypass the 30-second
delay and immediately arm the
alarm system.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked

by pressing K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
activated.
The alarm will also be activated if a
passenger door, the liftgate, or the
hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the
alarm is activated, the turn signals
flash and the horn sounds for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System
To disarm the alarm system or turn
off the alarm if it has been activated:

K on the RKE transmitter.

Press

Unlock the vehicle using the
Keyless Access system.

Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident:
. Lock the vehicle after all
occupants have exited.

Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter, or use the
Keyless Access system.
Unlocking the driver door with
the key will not disarm the
system or turn off the alarm.

How to Detect a Tamper
Condition
If K is pressed on the RKE
transmitter and the horn chirps three
times, an alarm occurred previously
while the alarm system was armed.
If the alarm has been activated, a
message will appear on the DIC.

Power Sounder, Inclination
Sensor, and Intrusion Sensor
In addition to the standard
theft-deterrent system features, this
system may also have a power
sounder, inclination sensor, and
intrusion sensor.
The power sounder provides an
audible alarm which is distinct from
the vehicle’s horn. It has its own
power source, and can sound an
alarm if the vehicle’s battery is
compromised.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
The inclination sensor can set off
the alarm if it senses movement of
the vehicle, such as a change in
vehicle orientation.

Intrusion and Inclination
Sensors Disable Switch

The intrusion sensor monitors the
vehicle interior, and can activate the
alarm if it senses unauthorized entry
into the vehicle’s interior. Do not
allow passengers or pets to remain
in the vehicle when the intrusion
sensor is activated.
Before arming the theft-deterrent
system and activating the intrusion
sensor:
. Make sure all doors and
windows are completely closed.
. Secure any loose items such as
a sunshades.
. Make sure there are no
obstructions blocking the
sensors in the front overhead
console.
. Close DVD screens before
leaving the vehicle.

Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 396.

Immobilizer Operation

This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
It is recommended that the intrusion
and inclination sensors be
deactivated if pets are left in the
vehicle or the vehicle is being
transported.

The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.

With the vehicle off, press o in
the front overhead console to turn
off the feature.

The system is automatically
disarmed when the ignition is turned
from off to on.

The indicator light will come on
momentarily, indicating that these
sensors have been disabled until
the next time the alarm system is
armed.

The security light, in the instrument
cluster, comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.

The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the vehicle is
turned off.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged,
try another ignition key. It may be
necessary to check the fuse. See
Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 309.
If the engine still does not start with
the other key, the vehicle needs
service. If the vehicle does start, the
first key may be faulty. See your
dealer.

It is possible for the immobilizer
system to learn new or replacement
keys. Up to eight keys can be
programmed for the vehicle. To
program additional keys, see Keys
(Keyless Access) 0 27 or Keys (Key
Access) 0 28. To program additional
transmitters, see your dealer.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the vehicle
theft system in the vehicle.
See your dealer to get a new key
blank cut exactly as the ignition key
that operates the system.

Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors

{ Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Mirrors

4. Press either (1) or (2) again to
deselect the mirror. The
indicator light goes off.

Folding Mirrors
Power Folding

Exterior Automatic Dimming
Mirror
If equipped, the driver outside mirror
automatically adjusts for the glare of
headlamps behind. This feature
comes on when the vehicle is
started. See Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror 0 56.

Turn Signal Indicator
Shown with Power Folding
Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar
To adjust the mirrors:
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
driver or passenger side mirror.
The indicator light comes on.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move the mirror up,
down, right, or left.
3. Adjust the outside mirror so
that the side of the vehicle and
the area behind are seen.

The vehicle may also have a turn
signal indicator on the mirror. An
arrow on the mirror flashes in the
direction of the turn or lane change.

To adjust power folding mirrors,
if equipped:
1. Press { to fold the mirrors
inward.
2. Press { again to return the
mirrors to the driving position.
Resetting the Power Folding
Mirrors
Reset the power folding mirrors if:
. The mirrors are accidentally
obstructed while folding.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

They are accidentally manually
folded/unfolded.

The mirrors will not stay in the
unfolded position.

The mirrors vibrate at normal
driving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one time
using the mirror controls to reset
them to their normal position.
A popping noise may be heard
during the resetting of the power
folding mirrors. This sound is normal
after a manual folding operation.

Automatic Dimming
Mirror

Driving with the Blind Spot
Mirror

If the vehicle has the automatic
dimming mirror, the driver outside
mirror automatically adjusts for the
glare of the headlamps from behind.

Blind Spot Mirrors
If equipped, there is a small convex
mirror built into the upper and outer
corner of the driver outside mirror.
It can show objects that may be in
the vehicle's blind zone.

Manual Folding
Fold the mirrors inward to prevent
damage when going through an
automatic car wash. To fold, pull the
mirror toward the vehicle. Push the
mirror outward, to return to its
original position.

Heated Mirrors
K : Press to heat the mirrors.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 180.

Actual Mirror View

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
zone. Then, glance over your
shoulder to double check
before moving slowly into the
adjacent lane.

1. When the approaching vehicle
is a long distance away, the
image in the main mirror is
small and near the inboard
edge of the mirror.
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the
image in the main mirror gets
larger and moves outboard.
3. As the vehicle enters the blind
zone, the image transitions
from the main mirror to the
blind spot mirror.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind
zone, the image only appears
in the blind spot mirror.

Using the Outside Mirror with
the Blind Spot Mirror
1. Set the main mirror so that the
side of the vehicle can just be
seen and the blind spot mirror
has an unobstructed view.
2. When checking for traffic or
before changing a lane, look at
the main driver/passenger side
mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind

Reverse Tilt Mirrors
If equipped with memory seats, the
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
to a preselected position when the
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
allows the curb to be seen when
parallel parking.
The mirror(s) return to the original
position when:
. The vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about
30 seconds.
. The ignition is turned off.
.

The vehicle is driven in
R (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, see
Vehicle Personalization 0 158.

Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
may have three control buttons at
the bottom of the mirror. See your
dealer for more information about
OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
See OnStar Overview 0 400.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.

Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped with a manual rearview
mirror, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid glare from the
headlamps from behind.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
If equipped, automatic dimming
reduces the glare of headlamps
from behind. The dimming feature
comes on when the vehicle is
started.

Child-View Mirror

If equipped, the child-view mirror is
on the overhead console. Press the
fixed button on the cover to release.
Push the mirror back up when not
in use.

Windows

{ Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a

pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter or keys in a
vehicle with children. When there
are children in the rear seat, use
the window lockout button to
prevent operation of the windows.
See Keys (Keyless Access) 0 27
or Keys (Key Access) 0 28.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Briefly press or pull the window
switch in the same direction to stop
that window’s express movement.

Window Automatic Reversal
System

The power windows work when the
ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 212.
Using the window switch, press to
open or pull to close the window.

Press Z to engage the rear
window lockout feature. The
indicator light is on when
engaged.
Press

Z again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

Window Lockout

All windows can be opened without
holding the window switch. Press
the switch down fully and quickly
release to express open the
window.

This feature stops the rear
passenger window switches from
working.

If equipped, pull the window switch
up fully and quickly release to
express close the window.

The windows may be temporarily
disabled if they are used repeatedly
within a short time.

The express-close feature will
reverse window movement if it
comes in contact with an object.
Extreme cold or ice could cause the
window to auto-reverse. The
window will operate normally after
the object or condition is removed.

Automatic Reversal System
Override

{ Warning
If automatic reversal system
override is active, the window will
not reverse automatically. You or
others could be injured and the
window could be damaged.
Before using automatic reversal
system override, make sure that
all people and obstructions are
clear of the window path.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

When the engine is on, override the
automatic reversal system by pulling
and holding the window switch if
conditions prevent it from closing.

Sun Visors

Roof
Sunroof

Programming the Power
Windows
Programming may be necessary if
the vehicle battery has been
disconnected or discharged. If the
window is unable to express-up,
program each express-close
window:
1. Close all doors.
2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
3. Partially open the window to be
programmed. Then close it and
continue to pull the switch
briefly after the window has
fully closed.
4. Open the window and continue
to press the switch briefly after
the window has fully opened.

Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window and, if equipped, extend
along the rod.
1. SLIDE Switch
2. TILT Switch

If equipped, the sunroof only
operates when the ignition is on or
in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 212.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Slide Switch
Express-Open/Express-Close : To
express-open the sunroof, fully
press and release I (1). To
express-close the sunroof, fully
press and release K (1). Press
the switch again to stop the
movement.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To
open the sunroof, press and hold I
(1). Release the switch at the
desired position. Press and hold
K (1) to close the sunroof.
Release the switch at the desired
position.
Tilt Switch
Vent : From the closed position,
press J (2) to vent the sunroof.
Press K (2) to close the
sunroof vent.
When the sunroof is opened, an air
deflector will automatically raise.
The air deflector will retract when
the sunroof is closed.

The sunroof also has a sunshade
which can be pulled forward to block
sun rays. The sunshade must be
opened and closed manually when
the sunroof is in the vent or fully
closed position.

Automatic Reversal System
The sunroof has an automatic
reversal system that is only active
when the sunroof is operated in
express-close mode.
If an object is in the path while
express closing, the reversal system
will detect an object, stop, and open
the sunroof again.
If frost or other conditions prevent
closing, override the feature by
closing the sunroof in manual mode.
To stop movement, release the
switch.

Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

Seats and
Restraints

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 83
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Airbag System

Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Front Seats
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 62
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

68
69
69
74

Seat Belts
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . .

76
77
78
82
83
83

Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 86
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Passenger Sensing System . . . 91
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 95
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 96
Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Infants and Young Children . . . . 98
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . 101
Where to Put the Restraint . . . 102

Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . 104
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . 111
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the
Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Center
Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Front
Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle’s front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.

{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

Second Row Seats
The vehicle's second row seats
have head restraints in the outboard
seating positions that cannot be
adjusted.
The second row seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.

Third Row Seats

The third row seat head restraint
can be lowered to allow for better
visibility when the rear seat is
unoccupied.

To lower the head restraint, press
the button located on the top of the
seatback and push the head
restraint down.
Return the lowered head restraint to
the upright position until it locks into
place. Push and pull on the head
restraint to make sure it is locked.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the third row seat, see “Securing
a Child Restraint Designed for the
LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 104.

Front Seats
Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
To adjust the seat:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.

Lumbar Adjustment

Reclining Seatbacks

To recline the seatback:
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.

To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 63.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment 0 63.
Some vehicles are equipped with a
feature that activates a vibrating
pulse alert in the driver seat to help
the driver avoid crashes. See Driver
Assistance Systems 0 242.

Press and hold the control down
to increase lower lumbar support
and decrease upper lumbar
support.

{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the seat belts cannot do
their job.
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
If equipped, memory seats allow two
drivers to store and recall their
unique seat positions for driving the
vehicle, and a shared exit position
for getting out of the vehicle. Other
feature positions may also be set,
such as power mirrors, power
steering wheel, and adjustable
pedals, if equipped. Memory
positions are linked to RKE
transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic
memory recalls.

Warning (Continued)
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
seat belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.

Memory Seats

Before storing, adjust all available
memory feature positions. Turn the
ignition on and then press and
release SET; a beep will sound.
Then immediately press and hold 1,
2, or B (Exit) on the driver door
until two beeps sound. To manually
recall these positions, press and
hold 1, 2, or B until the saved
position is reached.
The vehicle identifies the current
driver’s RKE transmitter number
(1–8).

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 33. Only RKE
transmitters 1 and 2 can be used for
automatic memory recalls. A Driver
Information Center (DIC) welcome
message indicating the transmitter
number may display for the first few
ignition cycles following a
transmitter change. For Auto
Memory Recall to work properly,
save the positions to the memory
button (1 or 2) matching the RKE
transmitter number displayed in the
DIC welcome message. Carry the
linked RKE transmitter when
entering the vehicle.
Vehicle Personalization Settings
. To have the Auto Memory Recall
movement begin when the
vehicle is started, select the
Settings menu, then Vehicle,
then Comfort and Convenience,
and then Auto Memory Recall.
Select On or Off. See “Auto
Memory Recall” later in this
section.

To begin Easy Exit Recall
movement when the ignition is
turned off and the driver door is
opened, or when the ignition is
turned off with the driver door
already opened, select the
Settings menu, then Vehicle,
then Comfort and Convenience,
and then Easy Exit Options.
Select On or Off. See “Easy Exit
Recall” later in this section.
See Vehicle Personalization
0 158 for additional setting
information.

Identifying Driver Number
To identify the driver number:
1. Start the vehicle with the other
key or RKE transmitter. The
DIC should display the driver
number; 1 or 2. Turn the
ignition off and remove the key
or RKE transmitter from the
vehicle.
2. Start the vehicle with the initial
key or RKE transmitter. The
DIC should display the other
driver number not shown in
step 1.

Saving Memory Positions
Read these instructions completely
before saving memory positions.
To save preferred driving positions
1 and 2:
1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
A DIC welcome message may
be displayed indicating number
1 or 2 for memory recalls.
2. Adjust all available memory
features to the desired driving
position.
3. Press and release SET; a beep
will sound.
4. Immediately press and hold the
1 or 2 memory button matching
the above DIC welcome
message until two beeps
sound.
If too much time passes
between releasing SET and
pressing 1, the memory
position will not be saved and
two beeps will not sound.
Repeat Steps 3 and 4.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
1 or 2 corresponds to the driver
number. See “Identifying Driver
Number” in this section.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second
driver using 1 or 2.
To save positions for B and easy
exit features, repeat Steps 1–4
using B. This stores the positions
for getting out of the vehicle.
Save preferred memory feature
positions to both 1 and 2 if you are
the only driver.
Manually Recalling Memory
Positions
Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall
the previously stored memory
positions.
To stop manual recall movement,
release 1, 2, or B. Recall can also
be stopped by pressing a power
seat, SET, power mirror control,
power steering wheel control,
or adjustable pedal control,
if memory equipped. The driver or
passenger side mirror must be
selected.

Auto Memory Recall
The vehicle identifies the number of
the current driver’s RKE transmitter
(1–8).
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 33. If the RKE transmitter
is 1 or 2, and Auto Memory Recall is
programmed on in vehicle
personalization, the positions saved
to the same memory button number
1 or 2 are automatically recalled
when the ignition is turned on,
or turned from off to ACC/
ACCESSORY. RKE transmitters 3–8
will not provide automatic memory
recalls.
To turn Auto Memory Recall on or
off, see "Vehicle Personalization
Settings" previously in this section
and Vehicle Personalization 0 158.
The transmission must be in
P (Park) to initiate Auto Memory
Recall. Auto Memory Recall will
complete if the vehicle is shifted out
of P (Park) prior to reaching the
stored memory position.

To stop Auto Memory Recall
movement, turn the ignition off or
press any of the following memory
controls:
. Power seat

Memory SET, 1, 2, or

Power mirror, with the driver or
passenger side mirror selected

Power steering wheel,
if equipped

Adjustable pedals, if equipped

If the stored memory seat position
does not automatically recall or
recalls to the wrong positions, the
driver’s RKE transmitter number (1
or 2) may not match the memory
button number that positions were
saved to. Try storing the position to
the other memory button or try the
other RKE transmitter.
Easy Exit Recall
Easy Exit Recall is not linked to an
RKE transmitter. The position stored
to B is used for all drivers. To turn
Easy Exit Recall on or off, see

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
"Vehicle Personalization Settings"
previously in this section and
Vehicle Personalization 0 158.
If turned on, the positions saved to
B are automatically recalled when
one of the following occurs:
. The vehicle is turned off and the
driver door is opened within a
short time.
. The vehicle is turned off with the
driver door open.
To stop Easy Exit Recall movement,
press any of the following memory
controls:
. Power seat

Memory SET, 1, 2, or

Power mirror, with the driver or
passenger side mirror selected

Power steering wheel,
if equipped

Adjustable pedals, if equipped

Obstructions
If something has blocked the driver
seat and/or power steering wheel
while recalling a memory position,

the recall may stop. Remove the
obstruction and try the recall again.
If the memory position still does not
recall, see your dealer for service.

Heated and Ventilated
Front Seats

{ Warning
If temperature change or pain to
the skin cannot be felt, the seat
heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, use care
when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.

The buttons are on the center stack
below the climate control system. To
operate, the engine must be
running.
Press I to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.
Press J to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Press C to ventilate the driver or
passenger seat.
The indicator light on the button
comes on when this feature is on.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the heated seats are on
high for an extended time, their level
may automatically be lowered.
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
Remote Start Auto Heated and
Ventilated Seats
During a remote start, the heated or
ventilated seats can be turned on
automatically. When it is cold
outside, the heated seats turn on,
and when it is hot outside the
ventilated seats turn on. The heated
or ventilated seats are canceled
when the ignition is turned on. Press
the heated or ventilated seat button
to use the heated or ventilated seats
after the vehicle is started.

The heated or ventilated seat
indicator lights do not turn on during
a remote start.

Rear Seats

The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.

If equipped, the message REAR
SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR
SEAT displays under certain
conditions indicating there may be
an item or passenger in the rear
seat. Check before exiting the
vehicle.

The heated or ventilated seats will
not turn on during a remote start
unless they are enabled in the
vehicle personalization menu.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 39 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 158.

Rear Seat Reminder

This feature will activate when a
second row door is opened while
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes
before the vehicle is turned on.
There will be an alert when the
vehicle is turned off. The alert does
not directly detect objects in the rear
seat; instead, under certain
conditions, it detects when a rear
door is opened and closed,
indicating that there may be
something in the rear seat.
The feature is active only once each
time the vehicle is turned on and off,
and will require reactivation by
opening and closing the second row
doors. There may be an alert even
when there is nothing in the rear
seat; for example, if a child entered

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
the vehicle through the rear door
and left the vehicle without the
vehicle being shut off.

Second Row Seats

The feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 158.

To recline the seatback:

Reclining Seatbacks

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns.
See the Warning under Heated
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 67.

The buttons are on the rear of the
center console.
Press M or L to heat the left
outboard or right outboard seat
cushion.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat changes
to the next lower setting, and then
the off setting. Indicator lights on the
button show the setting: three for
high, two for medium, and one
for low.
If the heated seats are on high for
an extended time, their level may
automatically be lowered.

1. Lift the lever on the outboard
side of the seat.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully while
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
If the lever is lifted without
applying pressure, the seat will
release to a folded position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
The second row seats can be folded
for additional cargo space or folded
and tumbled for easy entry and exit
to the third row seat.

Manual Fold and Tumble
Feature

{ Warning
Do not leave the second row seat
in a tumbled position while the
vehicle is in motion. A tumbled
seat is not locked. It can move
when the vehicle is in motion.
People in the vehicle could be
injured in a sudden stop or crash.
Be sure to return the seat to the
passenger seating position before
driving the vehicle. Push and pull
on the seat to make sure it is
locked into place.

Folding and Tumbling the Seat
To fold and tumble the seat:
1. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.

2. Lift the lever, on the outboard
side of the seat, to release the
seatback.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

Folding and Tumbling the Seat
from the Third Row Seat

{ Warning

The seatback will fold forward
to create a flat load floor.
If the seatback cannot fold flat,
try moving the front seat
forward and/or put the front
seatback in the upright
position.

3. Lift the lever again to release
the rear of the seat from the
floor. The seat will tumble
forward.
4. The rear pull strap can also be
used to fold or fold and tumble
the seat. It is easier to tumble
the seat with the rear pull strap
once the seat is folded flat.

Using the third row seating
position while the second row is
folded, or folded and tumbled,
could cause injury in a sudden
stop or crash. Be sure to return
the seat to the passenger seating
position. Push and pull on the
seat to make sure it is locked into
place.
To fold and tumble the seat from the
third row seat:
1. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
3. Pull the strap again to release
the rear of the seat from the
floor. The seat will tumble
forward.

Automatic Fold and Tumble
Feature

{ Warning
2. Pull the strap on the bottom
rear of the second row seat to
release the seatback. The
seatback will fold forward.

Do not leave the second row seat
in a tumbled position while the
vehicle is in motion. A tumbled
seat is not locked. It can move
when the vehicle is in motion.
People in the vehicle could be
injured in a sudden stop or crash.
Be sure to return the seat to the
passenger seating position before
driving the vehicle. Push and pull
on the seat to make sure it is
locked into place.

{ Warning
Automatically folding and
tumbling the seat when someone
is sitting in the seat, could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always make sure there is no one
sitting in the seat before pressing
the automatic seat release switch.

Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the seat
belts. Always unbuckle the seat
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
The transmission must be in
P (Park) for this feature to work.
Fold the seat to load cargo. Fold
and tumble the seat for entry to the
third row.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
Folding and Tumbling the Seat
To fold and tumble the seat:

Folding and Tumbling the Seat
from the Cargo Area

1. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.

The left switch folds the left
seatback, and the right switch
folds the right seatback.
3. Press the switch again to
release the rear of the seat
from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward.
The switches (2) can be used to fold
and unfold the third row seatbacks
from the cargo area. See Third Row
Seats 0 74.

Returning the Seat to the
Sitting Position

Driver Side Rear Panel Switch
2. Press the automatic seat
release switch on the panel
behind the rear doors. The
seatback automatically
folds flat.
3. Press the switch again to
release the rear of the seat
from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward.

1. Second Row Power Seat
Switches
2. Third Row Power Seat
Switches

To fold and tumble the seat from the
cargo area:
1. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.
2. Press the switch (1) on the side
trim of the cargo area to fold
the seatback.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

To return the seat to the sitting
position from the tumbled position:
1. Pull the seat down until both
sides of the seat are latched to
the floor. Make sure the seat is
securely latched to the floor
before raising the seatback.
If both sides are not latched to
the floor, the seatback will not
raise.

The transmission must be in
P (Park) for this feature to work.
The third row seatbacks can be
folded to increase cargo space.

3. Fully lower the head restraints.
See Head Restraints 0 61. Put
the second row seatback in the
upright position. See Second
Row Seats 0 69.

2. Lift the seatback and push it
rearward. Push and pull on the
seatback to make sure it is
locked.

Third Row Seats
Folding the Seatback
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the seat
belts. Always unbuckle the seat
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.

1. Second Row Power Seat
Fold and Tumble Switches
2. Third Row Power Seat Fold
and Raise Switches

To fold the seatback:
1. Open the liftgate to access the
controls for the third row seat.
2. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.

4. Disconnect the rear seat belt
mini-latch, using a key in the
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
the belt retract into the
headliner.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
Returning the Third Row
Seatback to the Upright
Position

The left switch raises the left
seatback, and the right switch
raises the right seatback.

{ Warning
A seat belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the seat belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.

5. Stow the mini-latch in the
holder in the headliner.
6. Press and hold the switch (2)
on the side trim of the cargo
area to fold the third row
seatback.
The left switch folds the left
seatback, and the right switch
folds the right seatback.
7. Repeat the steps for the other
seatback, if desired.
The switches (1) can be used to fold
or fold and tumble the second row
seats from the cargo area. See
Second Row Seats 0 69.

1. Second Row Power Seat
Fold and Tumble Switches
2. Third Row Power Seat Fold
and Raise Switches

To return the third row seatback to
the upright position:
1. Open the liftgate to access the
controls for the seat.
2. Press and hold the switch (2)
on the side trim of the cargo
area to raise the third row
seatback.

3. Reconnect the center seat belt
mini-latch to the mini-buckle.
Do not let it twist.
4. Pull on the seat belt to be sure
the mini-latch is secure.
5. Repeat the steps for the other
seatback, if desired.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

Seat Belts
This section describes how to use
seat belts properly, and some things
not to do.

{ Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
seat belt cannot be worn properly.
In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
seat belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
seat belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and seat belts.
Always wear a seat belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the seat belts.
See Seat Belt Reminders 0 140.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the seat belts!
When you wear a seat belt, you and
the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the seat
belts. That is why wearing seat belts
makes such good sense.

Questions and Answers About
Seat Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
seat belt?
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a seat belt or not. Your
chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear seat
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only. They work with
seat belts — not instead of them.
Whether or not an airbag is
provided, all occupants still have
to buckle up to get the most
protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing seat belts.

It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing seat belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a seat belt properly.

This section is only for people of
adult size.
There are special things to know
about seat belts and children, and
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children 0 97 or Infants and Young
Children 0 98. Follow those rules for
everyone's protection.

pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
.

Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly

Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.

Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.

Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong

You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your seat belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
. Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
behind your back.
. Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

Lap-Shoulder Belt

Engaging the child restraint
locking feature in the front
outboard seating position may
affect the passenger sensing
system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 91.

All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt except for
the center front passenger position,
if equipped, which has a lap belt.
See Lap Belt 0 83.
If you are using a rear seating
position with a detachable seat belt,
and the seat belt is not attached,
see Third Row Seats 0 74 for
instructions on reconnecting the
seat belt to the mini-buckle.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see
“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.

For front seating positions,
if the webbing locks in the latch
plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
unlock.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

in this section for instructions
on use and important safety
information.

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks. If the latch
plate will not go fully into the
buckle, check if the correct
buckle is being used.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Seat Belt Extender 0 83.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”

To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
For third row seats, it may be
necessary to pull stitching on
the seat belt through the latch
plate to fully tighten the lap belt
on smaller occupants.

For third row seats, slide the latch
plate up the safety webbing when
the seat belt is not in use. The latch
plate should rest on the stitching on
the seat belt.
Always stow the seat belt slowly.
If the seat belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
seat belt straight out firmly to unlock
the webbing, and then release it.
If the webbing is still locked in the
retractor, see your dealer.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

Before a door is closed, be sure the
seat belt is out of the way. If a door
is slammed against a seat belt,
damage can occur to both the seat
belt and the vehicle.

They can help tighten the seat belts
during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. Seat belt
pretensioners can also help tighten
the seat belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the seat belt in a crash. See How to
Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 77.

Push down on the release button to
move the height adjuster to the
desired position.
Move the adjuster up by pushing up
on the shoulder belt guide.
After the adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down
without pushing the release button
to make sure it has locked into
position.

Seat Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has seat belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the seat belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the seat belt assembly.

Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
the pretensioners and probably
other parts of the vehicle's seat belt
system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash 0 84.
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt
while entering or exiting the vehicle
or at any time while sitting in the
seat. Sitting on the seat belt can
damage the webbing and hardware.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

{ Warning
A seat belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
Rear seat belt comfort guides may
provide added seat belt comfort for
older children who have outgrown
booster seats and for some adults.
When installed on a shoulder belt,
the comfort guide positions the
shoulder belt away from the neck
and head.

Second Row Outboard Seating
Positions
The vehicle has comfort guides for
the second row outboard seating
positions. The comfort guides are
stored on a clip on the interior trim
next to the outboard seatback.
To install:

2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.

1. Remove the guide from its
storage clip on the interior trim
next to the outboard seatback.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

3. Be sure that the belt is not
twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be behind the
belt with the plastic guide on
the front.

To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the seat belt can be
removed from the guide. Slide the
guide onto its storage clip.
Third Row Seating Positions
Comfort guides are available
through your dealer for third row
seating positions. Instructions are
included with the guides.

Seat Belt Use During
Pregnancy

4. Buckle, position, and release
the seat belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.

Seat belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a seat
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making seat
belts effective is wearing them
properly.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

Lap Belt

Seat Belt Extender

This section is only for the lap belt.
To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder
belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 78.

If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.

The vehicle may have a center
seating position with a lap seat belt.
The lap seat belt does not have a
retractor.

To make the belt shorter, pull its free
end as shown until the belt is snug.
If the belt is not long enough, see
Seat Belt Extender 0 83.
Make sure the release button on the
buckle is positioned so you would
be able to unbuckle the seat belt
quickly if necessary.
To make the belt longer, tilt the latch
plate and pull it along the belt.
Buckle, position, and release it the
same way as the lap part of a
lap-shoulder belt.

If you find that the latch plate will
not go fully into the buckle, see if
you are using the correct buckle. Be
sure that the latch plate clicks when
inserted into the buckle.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,
your dealer will order you an
extender. When you go in to order it,
take the heaviest coat you will wear,
so the extender will be long enough
for you. To help avoid personal
injury, do not let someone else use
it, and use it only for the seat it is
made to fit. The extender has been
designed for adults. Never use it for
securing child restraints. For more
information on the proper use and fit
of seat belt extenders see the
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.

Safety System Check
Periodically check the seat belt
reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch
plates, retractors, shoulder belt
height adjusters (if equipped), and
seat belt anchorages to make sure
they are all in working order. Look
for any other loose or damaged seat
belt system parts that might keep a
seat belt system from performing

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

properly. See your dealer to have it
repaired. Torn or frayed seat belts
may not protect you in a crash.
They can rip apart under impact
forces. If a belt is torn or frayed,
have it replaced immediately.
Make sure the seat belt reminder
light is working. See Seat Belt
Reminders 0 140.
Keep seat belts clean and dry. See
Seat Belt Care 0 84.

Seat Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.

Seat belt hardware should be kept
dry and free of dust or debris. As
necessary exterior hard surfaces
and seat belt webbing may be lightly
cleaned with mild soap and water.
Ensure there is not excessive dust
or debris in the mechanism. If dust
or debris exists in the system please
see the dealer. Parts may need to
be replaced to ensure proper
functionality of the system.

Replacing Seat Belt
System Parts after a
Crash

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with
mild soap and lukewarm water.
Allow the webbing to dry.

A crash can damage the seat belt
system in the vehicle. A damaged
seat belt system may not properly
protect the person using it,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the seat belt systems are
working properly after a crash,
have them inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.

Seat belts should be properly cared
for and maintained.

After a minor crash, replacement of
seat belts may not be necessary.
But the seat belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the seat
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the seat belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the seat belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 141.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
. A frontal airbag for the driver
.

A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger

A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver

A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger

A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and for the second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the driver

A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger

The vehicle may have the following
airbag:
. A front center airbag for the
driver and front outboard
passenger

All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on an
attached label near the deployment
opening.
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For the front center airbag, the word
AIRBAG is on the inboard side of
the driver seatback.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback closest to
the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by seat
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:

{ Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your seat belt, even with
airbags. Airbags are designed to
work with seat belts, not replace
them. Also, airbags are not
designed to inflate in every crash.
In some crashes seat belts are
the only restraint. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 88.
Wearing your seat belt during a
crash helps reduce your chance
of hitting things inside the vehicle
or being ejected from it. Airbags
are “supplemental restraints” to
the seat belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a seat belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning

Warning (Continued)

Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Seat belts help keep you
in position before and during a
crash. Always wear a seat belt,
even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The seat belts and
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor.

Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.

Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the front center
armrest or console in vehicles
with a front center airbag.
(Continued)

{ Warning

There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 141.

Where Are the Airbags?

Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 97 or
Infants and Young Children 0 98.

The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

If the vehicle has a front center
airbag, it is in the inboard side of the
driver seatback.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar

The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The driver and front outboard
passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and
second and third row outboard
seating positions are in the ceiling
above the side windows.

{ Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat or console
accessories that block the
inflation path of a seat-mounted
side impact airbag or the front
center airbag, if equipped.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie-down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.

When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System 0 85.
Airbags are designed to inflate if the

impact exceeds the specific airbag
system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to
predict how severe a crash is likely
to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the
occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.

whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.

Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.

The vehicle also has a seat position
sensor that enables the sensing
system to monitor the position of the
driver seat. The seat position sensor
provides information that is used to
adjust the deployment of the driver
frontal airbag.

Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.

The front center airbag, if equipped,
is designed to inflate in moderate to
severe side crashes depending
upon the location of the impact,
when either side of the vehicle is
struck. In addition, the front center
airbag is designed to inflate when
the sensing system predicts that the
vehicle is about to roll over on its
side. The front center airbag is not

Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and

Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or many side impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal
airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to crash severity.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
or rear impacts.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck, if the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over on its side, or in a
severe frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or the repair costs.

What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? 0 86.

How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protection
provided by seat belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first, second, and third rows. The
rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 88.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to seat belts.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After frontal and seat-mounted side
impact airbags inflate, they quickly
deflate, so quickly that some people
may not even realize the airbags
inflated. The front center airbag and
roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 86.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. After turning the ignition
off and then on again, the fuel

system will return to normal
operation; the doors can be locked,
the interior lamps can be turned off,
and the hazard warning flashers can
be turned off using the controls for
those features. If any of these
systems are damaged in the crash
they may not operate as normal.

{ Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
. Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
. The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash.
See Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy 0 398 and Event Data
Recorders 0 398.
. Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.

Passenger Sensing
System

OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
be visible. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator 0 142.

The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will light on the overhead console
when the vehicle is started.

The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.

United States

Canada and Mexico
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbols for on and off, will be
visible during the system check.
When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or

The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat
and seat belt. The sensors are
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and
determine if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag should be
allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is turned off.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if
the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure child restraints in the rear
seat. Consider using another
vehicle to transport the child
when a rear seat is not available.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
. The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
. The system determines an infant
is present in a child restraint.
. A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
. There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the off indicator will light and stay lit
as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 142.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat.
When the passenger sensing
system has allowed the airbag to be
enabled, the on indicator will light
and stay lit as a reminder that the
airbag is active.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon the
person's seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints should

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
wear a seat belt properly — whether
or not there is an airbag for that
person.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 141 for more information,
including important safety
information.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if
the system determines that an infant
is present in a child restraint. If a
child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Center
Front Seat) 0 114 or Securing
Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Front Passenger
Seat) 0 114 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Rear Seat) 0 112.
Make sure the seat belt
retractor is locked by pulling
the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor when
installing the child restraint,
even if the child restraint is
equipped with a seat belt lock
off. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened
but not pulled out of the
retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
sure that the vehicle seatback
is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under
the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
0 61.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may
or may not turn off the airbag for a
child in a child restraint depending
upon the child’s size. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a rear
seat. Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if the
on indicator is not lit.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant

2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat
massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.

If a person of adult size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat or that the child
restraint locking feature is engaged.
Use the following steps to allow the
system to detect that person and
enable the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.

5. If the shoulder portion of the
belt is pulled out all the way,
the child restraint locking
feature will be engaged. This
may unintentionally cause the
passenger sensing system to
turn the airbag off for some
adult-sized occupants. If this
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
the belt go back all the way,
and then buckle the belt again
without pulling the belt out all
the way.
6. Restart the vehicle and have
the person remain in this
position for two to three minutes
after the on indicator is lit.

{ Warning
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Seat belts help keep the passenger
in position on the seat during
vehicle maneuvers and braking,
which helps the passenger sensing
system maintain the passenger
airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and
“Child Restraints” in the Index for
additional information about the
importance of proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 95
for more information about
modifications that can affect how
the system operates.
The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired, remove the object from
the seat.

{ Warning
Stowing articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.

Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle

Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle

Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information 0 395.

Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal may keep the airbag system
from working properly.

{ Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.

The operation of the airbag system
can also be affected by changing
any parts of the front seats, seat
belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, inner door seals including the
speakers, any of the airbag
modules, ceiling or pillar garnish
trim, overhead console, front
sensors, side impact sensors,
airbag wiring, or front center
console.
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position,
which includes sensors that are part

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

of the passenger's seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery, or trim, or with
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing System
0 91.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels 0 337 for additional
important information.
If you have to modify your vehicle
because you have a disability and
you have questions about whether
the modifications will affect the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you
have questions about whether the

airbag system will be affected if the
vehicle is modified for any other
reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance Offices
0 388.

Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 141.

Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 86. See your dealer
for service.

Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash

{ Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not properly protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 141.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

Child Restraints
Older Children

Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear seat belt
comfort guide, if available. See
“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 78.
If a comfort guide is not
available, or if the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Can proper seat belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
If you have the choice, a child
should sit in a position with a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide.

Q: What is the proper way to
wear seat belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 78.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.

Warning (Continued)
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.

In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use seat belts
properly.

{ Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same seat belt. The
seat belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A seat belt must
be used by only one person at
a time.

{ Warning
Never allow a child to wear the
seat belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
(Continued)

Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle and never allow
children to play with the seat
belts.

Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's seat belt system nor its
airbag system is designed for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant or child should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.

{ Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front
outboard seat. Secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
seat. It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

100

Seats and Restraints

Child restraints are devices used to
restrain, seat, or position children in
the vehicle and are sometimes
called child seats or car seats.
There are three basic types of
child restraints:
. Forward-facing child restraints
.

Rearward-facing child restraints

Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for your
child depends on their size, weight,
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,
there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying that
it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards. The restraint
manufacturer's instructions that
come with the restraint state the
weight and height limitations for a
particular child restraint. In addition,
there are many kinds of restraints
available for children with special
needs.

{ Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
seat belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

101

Child Restraint Systems

Forward-Facing Child Restraint
Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
A rear-facing child restraint provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.

A forward-facing child restraint
provides restraint for the child's
body with the harness.

Booster Seats
A belt-positioning booster seat is
used for children who have
outgrown their forward-facing child
restraint. Boosters are designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system until the child is large
enough for the vehicle seat belts to
fit properly without a booster seat.
See the seat belt fit test in Older
Children 0 97.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

102

Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle’s seat belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraints must
be secured in vehicle seats by lap
belts or the lap belt portion of a
lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH
system. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 104 for more information.
Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint

{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.

Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in an appropriate
child restraint secured in a rear
seating position.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
The vehicle may be equipped with a
front center airbag in the inboard
side of the driver seat. Even with a
front center airbag, a child restraint
can be installed in any second row
seating position.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front. This is because
the risk to the rear-facing child is so
great if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front passenger
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, always move the
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 91 for additional information.

{ Warning
A child in a child restraint in the
center front seat can be badly
injured or killed by the frontal
airbags if they inflate. Never
secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always
better to secure a child restraint in
a rear seat.
Do not use child restraints in the
center front seat position.

103

When securing a child restraint with
the seat belts in a rear seat position,
study the instructions that came with
the child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent seat belts or
LATCH anchors for additional
passengers or child restraints.
Adjacent seating positions should
not be used if the child restraint
prevents access to or interferes with
the routing of the seat belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint system and secure the
child restraint system properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

104

Seats and Restraints

properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.

Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. The LATCH system is
designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use
both the seat belts and the LATCH
anchorage system to secure a
rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat
belts to secure the child and the
booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the seat
belts to properly secure the child
restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether and anchor.
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Center Front
Seat) 0 114 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the
Front Passenger Seat) 0 114 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 112.
Child restraints built after March
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions
have lower anchors. In this case,
the seat belt must be used (with top
tether where available) to secure
the child restraint.
See Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Center Front
Seat) 0 114 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the
Front Passenger Seat) 0 114 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 112.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
Lower Anchors

Top Tether Anchor

105

Some child restraints with top
tethers are designed for use with or
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.

Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).

A top tether (3,4) is used to secure
the top of the child restraint to the
vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
into the vehicle. The top tether
attachment hook (2) on the child
restraint connects to the top tether
anchor in the vehicle in order to
reduce the forward movement and
rotation of the child restraint during
driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single attachment
hook (2) to secure the top tether to
the anchor.

Second Row — 60/40

H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

106

Seats and Restraints

I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.

Third Row Seat

To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the top tether
anchors for second row seats. For
third row seats, the top tether
anchor symbol is on the flipper
panel.

I : Seating positions with top
Second Row — Bucket

tether anchors.

H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.
I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.

To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.

Second Row Seat — Bucket
For models with bucket second row
seating, the top tether anchors are
at the bottom rear of the seat

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints

107

According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 102 for additional
information.

cushion for each seating position in
the second row. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.

Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
Third Row Seat

Second Row Seat — 60/40
For models with 60/40 second row
seating, the top tether anchors are
at the bottom rear of the seat
cushion for each seating position in
the second row. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.

For the third row seat, the top tether
anchors are on the back of the
seatback. Move the flipper panel
rearward to access the anchors. Be
sure to use an anchor on the same
side of the vehicle as the seating
position where the child restraint will
be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.

{ Warning
A child could be seriously injured
or killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly attached
to the vehicle using either the
LATCH anchors or the vehicle
seat belt. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint
and the instructions in this
manual.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

108

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured.

Warning (Continued)
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Buckle any unused seat belts
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.

Caution
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s seat belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled seat belts to avoid
rubbing the LATCH attachments.
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
Do not fold the rear seatback
when the seat is occupied. Do not
fold the empty rear seat with a
seat belt buckled. This could
damage the seat belt or the seat.
Unbuckle and return the seat belt
to its stowed position, before
folding the seat.
The vehicle is equipped with a front
center airbag in the inboard side of
the driver seat. Even with a front
center airbag, a child restraint can
be installed in any second row
seating position.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint 0 102.
This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's seat belts. Instead
use the vehicle's anchors and child
restraint attachments to secure the

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
restraints. Some restraints also use
another vehicle anchor to secure a
top tether.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the seat belts and
top tether when recommended
by the child restraint
manufacturer. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the
instructions in this manual. For
the third row outboard seating
positions, if the head restraint
interferes with the proper
installation of the child
restraint, then the head
restraint may be removed. See
“Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System)
0 104.

109

1.1. Find the lower anchors
for the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends that
the top tether be attached,
attach and tighten the top
tether to the top tether anchor.
Refer to the child restraint
instructions and the following
steps:

If the position you are
using does not have a
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a
single tether, route the
tether over the seatback.

2.1. Find the top tether
anchor.
For the third row seat,
move the flipper panel
rearward to access the
top tether anchors.
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
the top tether according
to your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:

If the position you are
using does not have a
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
over the seatback.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

110

Seats and Restraints

If the position you are
using has an adjustable
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a
single tether, raise the
headrest or head restraint
and route the tether
under the headrest or
head restraint and in
between the headrest or
head restraint posts.

If the position you are
using has a fixed
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a
single tether, route the
tether around the inboard
or outboard side of the
headrest or head
restraint.

If the position you are
using has a fixed or an
adjustable head restraint
and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
around the head restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper
installation.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation

1. Partially fold the seatback
forward. See Third Row Seats
0 74 for additional information.

4. With the head restraint facing
rearward, insert the head
restraint posts into the holes in
the top of the seatback.
5. Push the head restraint down.
2. Press the buttons on the head
restraint posts and pull up on
the head restraint.
3. Route the top tether of the child
restraint under the head
restraint.

111

6. Try to move the head restraint
to make sure that it is locked in
place.
7. When the child restraint is
removed, reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
position is used.

Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash

{ Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

112

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint with
the seat belts in a rear seat position,
study the instructions that came with
the child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 104 for how and where to

install the child restraint using
LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a seat
belt and it uses a top tether, see
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 104 for
top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the seat
belt to secure the child restraint. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 102.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.

For the third row outboard
seating positions, if the head
restraint interferes with the
proper installation of the child
restraint, the head restraint
may be removed. See “Head
Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System)
0 104.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's seat belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
If the latch plate will not go fully
into the buckle, check to see if
the correct buckle is
being used.

lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. Refer to the instructions
that came with the child
restraint and see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System)
0 104.

Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint system, so that the
seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor

113

5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.

7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

114

Seats and Restraints

To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
If the head restraint was removed
for a third row outboard seating
position, reinstall it before the
seating position is used. See “Head
Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 104 for additional
information on reinstalling the head
restraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
Center Front Seat)

{ Warning
A child in a child restraint in the
center front seat can be badly
injured or killed by the frontal
airbags if they inflate. Never
secure a child restraint in the
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
center front seat. It is always
better to secure a child restraint in
a rear seat.
Do not use child restraints in the
center front seat position.

Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
Front Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 102.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 91 and Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 142 for more information,
including important safety
information.

Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great if the
airbag deploys.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
one can guarantee that an airbag
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
will not deploy under some
unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 91 for additional information.
If the child restraint uses a top
tether, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 104 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if

the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:

115

2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's seat belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, the off indicator on the
passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay
lit when you start the vehicle.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 142.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt, if needed.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

116

Seats and Restraints

4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint system, so that the
seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System 0 91.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.

117

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

118

Storage

Storage
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 118
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 118
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 119
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 120

Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Storage
Compartments

{ Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

If equipped with storage behind the
radio, press and hold P to open.
There is a USB port inside. See the
infotainment manual.
Press and hold P again to close.
Keep the storage area closed when
not in use.
The storage area cannot be
operated with P when valet mode
is enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.
The storage area can be operated
manually.

Glove Box
Lift up the glove box handle to open
it. Use the key to lock and unlock
the glove box.

Cupholders
The cupholders are immediately in
front of the center console storage
bin. Press the button to open. The
door will retract rearward.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Storage
If the cupholder door is closed, it will
lock if the vehicle is in a crash. See
your dealer to have the door
unlocked.

119

Sunglasses Storage

Rear Storage

If equipped, sunglasses storage is
on the overhead console. Press the
fixed button on the cover and
release to access.

There is storage in the floor of the
rear cargo area. Lift the handle to
access. There is a removable
divider to help organize.

Press the button on the forward bin
to open. The door will retract
forward.
If equipped, cupholders may be in
the second and third row seat
armrest areas.

Armrest Storage
For vehicles with a rear seat
armrest, pull the loop at the top of
the armrest down to access the
cupholders.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

120

Storage

Center Console Storage

Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Tie-Downs

Pull the handle and lift to access.
There are auxiliary jacks, USB
ports, an accessory power outlet, a
tote compartment, and a device
holder inside.
On the rear of the console, there are
auxiliary jacks, a High Voltage
Power Outlet (HVPO), and an open
storage area.
See Power Outlets 0 127 and the
infotainment manual.

There are four cargo tie-downs in
the rear cargo area. These can be
used to strap cargo down and keep
it from moving inside the vehicle.

Convenience Net
Use the convenience net, located in
the rear, to store small loads as far
forward as possible. The net should
not be used to store heavy loads.

Roof Rack System

{ Warning
If something is carried on top of
the vehicle that is longer or wider
than the roof rack — like paneling,
plywood, or a mattress — the
wind can catch it while the vehicle
is being driven. The item being
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
If equipped, the roof rack can be
used to load items. For roof racks
that do not have crossrails included,
GM Certified crossrails can be
purchased as an accessory. See
your dealer for additional
information.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Storage
Caution
Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 100 kg
(220 lb) or hangs over the rear or
sides of the vehicle may damage
the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
rests evenly between the
crossrails, making sure to fasten
cargo securely.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle’s center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers,
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place.

Do not exceed the maximum vehicle
capacity when loading the vehicle.
For more information on vehicle
capacity and loading, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 200.
A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
(CHMSL) is located above the rear
window glass. Make sure items
loaded on the roof of the vehicle do
not block or damage the CHMSL.

121

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

122

Instruments and Controls

Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 123
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 123
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 123
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 123
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Pressure
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

132
133
136
136
136
136
137
137

Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Transmission Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 140
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 141
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 142
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 143
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . 146
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 146
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 146
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 147
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 149
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 149
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . .
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . .
Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

149
150
150
150
150

Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 154

Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Engine Power Messages . . . . . 158
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 158

Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 158

Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 166
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls

Controls
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
Power Tilt and Telescoping
Steering Wheel

Steering Wheel Controls

Horn

The infotainment system can be
operated by using the steering
wheel controls. See "Steering
Wheel Controls" in the infotainment
manual.

To sound the horn, press
steering wheel.

123

a on the

Windshield Wiper/Washer

Heated Steering Wheel

The windshield wiper control is on
the turn signal lever.
The windshield wipers are controlled
by turning the band with z
FRONT on it.
To adjust the power tilt and
telescoping steering wheel:
Press the control to move the
steering wheel up and down or
forward and rearward.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

( : Press to turn the heated
steering wheel on or off. A light next
to the button displays when the
feature is turned on.
The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating.

1 : Fast wipes.
w : Slow wipes.
3 INT : If Rainsense is turned off,
turn the z FRONT band up for
more frequent wipes or down for
less frequent wipes. If Rainsense is
turned on, see Rainsense later in
this section.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

124

Instruments and Controls

OFF : Turns the windshield
wipers off.

8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. For several wipes,
hold the band on 8 longer.
Clear ice and snow from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement 0 303.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor. An internal circuit
breaker to the motor will stop the
motor until it cools down.
Wiper Parking
If the ignition is turned off while the
wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT,
they will immediately stop.
If z FRONT is then moved to
OFF before the driver door is
opened or within 10 minutes, the
wipers will restart and move to the
base of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while the
wipers are performing wipes due to
windshield washing or Rainsense,
the wipers continue to run until they
reach the base of the windshield.

Rainsense

Turn the band down to lower INT
setting for less sensitivity to
moisture.

Move the band out of the 3 INT
position to deactivate Rainsense.

With Rainsense, a sensor near the
top center of the windshield detects
the amount of water on the
windshield and controls the
frequency of the windshield wiper.
Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.

3 INT

: Turn the z FRONT
band on the wiper lever to adjust the
sensitivity when Rainsense is
turned on.

Turn the band up for more
sensitivity to moisture.

z AUTO : Press to turn
Rainsense on or off. When turned
on and z FRONT is in one of the
Rainsense wipe sensitivity positions
the wipers can be adjusted for more
or less sensitivity to moisture. When
turned off, the wipers operate as
timed intermittent wipers and can be
adjusted for more or less frequent
wipes.
If z AUTO is turned on when the
ignition is turned on, or if the ignition
is in on and the z FRONT band
is in one of the sensitivity settings

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls
when z AUTO is turned on or off,
a message may display indicating if
Rainsense was turned on or off.
If the ignition is in on and z
FRONT is not in one of the
sensitivity settings when z AUTO
is turned on, a message may
display indicating that the wiper
band must be in one of the
sensitivity settings for Rainsense to
operate.
Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
When using an automatic car wash,
move the windshield wiper lever to
OFF. This disables the automatic
Rainsense windshield wipers.
With Rainsense, if the transmission
is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
speed is very slow, the wipers will
automatically stop at the base of the
windshield.
The wiper operations return to
normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
speed has increased.

Windshield Washer

{ Warning

125

Rear Window Wiper/
Washer

In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.

L m : Push the paddle marked with
the windshield washer symbol at the
top of the turn signal lever to spray
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until the
paddle is released or the maximum
wash time is reached. When the
paddle is released, additional wipes
may occur depending on how long
the windshield washer had been
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 296
for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.

The rear wiper control is on the turn
signal lever.
To turn the rear wiper on, slide the
lever to a wiper position.
OFF : Turns the wiper off.
INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a
delay between wipes.
ON : Turns on the rear wiper.

= REAR : Press this button on the
end of the lever to spray washer
fluid on the rear window. The wipers
will clear the rear window and either
stop or return to your preset speed.
For more washer cycles, press and
hold the button.
The rear window wiper/washer will
not operate if the liftgate or liftglass
is open or ajar. If the liftgate or

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

126

Instruments and Controls

liftglass is opened while the rear
wiper is on, the wiper returns to the
parked position and stops.

interval wipes, then the rear wiper
automatically performs interval
wipes.

will automatically determine when a
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again.

Rear Wiper Arm Assembly
Protection

This feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 158.

Clock

When using an automatic car wash,
move the rear wiper control to OFF
to disable the rear wiper. In some
vehicles, if the transmission is in
N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is
very slow, the rear wiper will
automatically park under the rear
spoiler.

The windshield washer reservoir is
used for the windshield and the rear
window. Check the fluid level in the
reservoir if either washer is not
working. See Washer Fluid 0 296.

The wiper operations return to
normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
speed has increased.
Reverse Gear Wipes
If the rear wiper control is off, the
rear wiper will automatically operate
continuously when the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing low
or high speed wipes. If the rear
wiper control is off, the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing

Compass
The vehicle may have a compass
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives
its heading and other information
from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,
and vehicle speed information.
The compass system is designed to
operate for a certain number of
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS
satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the
vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system

Setting the Time and Date with
Center Stack Controls
To set the time or date:
1. Select SETTINGS from the
Home Page, then select Time
and Date.
2. Select the desired function.
3. Turn the MENU knob to
increase or decrease the value.
4. Press the MENU knob to go to
the next value. After the last
value is selected, the system
will update and return to the
Settings menu. Press o BACK
to go to the last menu and
save the changes.
Auto Set requires an active
connection to OnStar.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls
If auto timing is set, the time
displayed on the clock may not
update immediately when driving
into a new time zone.
To set the clock display:
1. Select SETTINGS from the
Home Page, then select Time
and Date.
2. Select Clock Display.
3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
or On.
4. Press the MENU knob to
select.
Press o BACK to go to the last
menu and save the changes.

Setting the Time and Date with
Infotainment Display Controls
To set the time:
1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
Page, then touch Time
and Date.

2. Touch Set Time, then touch «
or ª to increase or decrease
hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or
24 hour clock.
3. Touch S to go back to the
previous menu.
Auto Set requires an active
connection to OnStar.

127

To set the clock display:
1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
Page, then touch Time
and Date.
2. Touch Clock Display, then
touch Off or On to turn the
clock display off or on.
3. Touch S to go back to the
previous menu.

If auto timing is set, the time
displayed on the clock may not
update immediately when driving
into a new time zone.

Power Outlets

To set the date:

Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
player, etc.

1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
Page, then touch Time
and Date.
2. Touch Set Date, then touch «
or ª to increase or decrease
month, day, or year.
3. Touch S to go back to the
previous menu.

Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct
Current

The vehicle may have up to five
accessory power outlets:
Vehicles with a Center Console
. One in front of the cupholders on
the center console
. One inside the center storage
console
. One on the rear of the center
storage console

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

128

Instruments and Controls

One in the third row seat on the
driver side

One in the rear cargo area on
the passenger side

Vehicles with Bench Seats
. One on the center stack below
the climate control system
. One in the storage area on the
bench seat
. One on the rear of the center
armrest storage
. One in the third row seat area on
the driver side
. One in the rear cargo area on
the passenger side
Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.
The accessory power outlets are
powered as follows:
. The power outlet near the
cupholders for vehicles with a
center console or on the center
stack for vehicles with bench
seats, can be configured to
operate using Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) or

battery power modes. If these
power outlets are used while in
the battery power mode, this
could cause interference
between the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter and the
vehicle, and the vehicle may not
start.
See Ignition Positions (Key
Access) 0 207 or Ignition
Positions (Keyless Access)
0 205.
.

The power outlets in the third
row seat area or in the rear
cargo area are powered at all
times. The power outlets inside
the storage area, on the rear of
the console, or on the bench
seat are only powered when the
ignition is on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when RAP is
active.

{ Warning
Power is always supplied to the
outlet, if configured accordingly.
Do not leave electrical equipment
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
plugged in when the vehicle is not
in use because the vehicle could
catch fire and cause injury or
death.

Caution
Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the ignition is off will
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in
use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
15 amp rating.
Certain power accessory plugs may
not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 274.

Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110/120-Volt
Alternating Current
If equipped with this power outlet, it
can be used to plug in electrical
equipment that uses a maximum
limit of 150 watts.
For vehicles with a center console,
the 110/120-volt power outlet is on
the rear of the center console.

For vehicles with bench seats, the
110/120-volt power outlet is on the
center stack below the climate
controls.
An indicator light on the outlet turns
on to show it is in use. The light
comes on when the ignition is on,
equipment requiring less than 150
watts is plugged into the outlet, and
no system fault is detected.
The indicator light does not come on
when the ignition is off or if the
equipment is not fully seated into
the outlet.
If equipment is connected using
more than 150 watts or a system
fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
indicator light turns off. To reset the
circuit, unplug the item and plug it
back in or turn the ignition off and
then back to on. The power restarts
when equipment using 150 watts or
less is plugged into the outlet and a
system fault is not detected.

129

The power outlet is not designed for
the following, and may not work
properly if they are plugged in:
. Equipment with high initial peak
wattage, such as
compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools
. Other equipment requiring an
extremely stable power supply,
such as
microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets and touch
sensor lamps
. Medical equipment

Wireless Charging
The vehicle may have wireless
charging on top of the center
console. See Center Console
Storage 0 120. The system
operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly
charges one PMA or Qi compatible
mobile device. The power output of
the system is capable of charging at
a rate up to 1 amp (5W), as
requested by the compatible mobile
device. See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 396.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

130

Instruments and Controls

To check for phone or other device
compatibility:
. In the U.S., see my.gmc.com/
learn.
. In Canada, see
gmtotalconnect.ca.
. Or, see your dealer for details.

{ Warning
Wireless charging can affect the
operation of an implanted
pacemaker or other medical
devices. If you have one, it is
recommended to consult with
your doctor before using the
wireless charging system.
The vehicle must be on, in ACC/
ACCESSORY, or Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) must be
active. The wireless charging
feature may not correctly indicate
charging when the vehicle is in RAP.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 212.

The operating temperature is −20 °C
(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.

{ Warning
Remove all objects from the
charging pad before charging
your mobile device. Objects, such
as coins, keys, rings, paper clips,
or cards, between the phone and
charging pad will become very
hot. On the rare occasion that the
charging system does not detect
an object, and the object gets
wedged between the phone and
charger, remove the phone and
allow the object to cool before
removing it from the charging
pad, to prevent burns.

To charge a mobile device:
1. Remove all objects from the
charging pad. The system may
not charge if there are any
objects between the mobile
device and charging pad.
2. Place the mobile device face
up against the alignment rib on
the charge pad.
3. The } will appear on the V
on the infotainment display.
This indicates that the mobile
device is properly positioned
and charging. If a mobile
device is placed on the
charging pad and } does not

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls
display, remove the mobile
device from the pad, turn it
180 degrees, and wait
three seconds before placing/
aligning the mobile device on
the pad again.
Software Acknowledgements
Certain Wireless Charging Module
product from LG Electronics, Inc.
("LGE") contains the open source
software detailed below. Refer to
the indicated open source licenses
(as are included following this
notice) for the terms and conditions
of their use.
OSS Notice Information
To obtain the source code that is
contained in this product, please
visit http://opensource.lge.com. In
addition to the source code, all
referred license terms, warranty
disclaimers and copyright notices
are available for download. LG
Electronics will also provide open
source code to you on CD-ROM for
a charge covering the cost of
performing such distribution (such
as the cost of media, shipping, and
handling) upon email request to

opensource@lge.com. This offer is
valid for three (3) years from the
date on which you purchased the
product.
Freescale-WCT library
Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale
Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights
reserved.
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form
must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following
disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution.
3. Neither the name of the
copyright holder nor the names
of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products
derived from this software
without specific prior written
permission.

131

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

132

Instruments and Controls

Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

English, Metric Similar

133

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

134

Instruments and Controls

Denali English Standard Theme, Metric Similar

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls
Cluster Menu

Info App. This is where the
selected Driver Information
Center (DIC) displays can be
viewed. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 151.

If there is an active call, mute the
phone or switch to handset
operation.

Audio

Phone

Navigation

Options

Press V to select the Navigation
app, then press p to enter the
Navigation menu. If there is no
active route, you can resume the
last route and turn the voice
prompts on/off. If there is an active
route, press V to cancel or resume
route guidance or turn the voice
prompts on or off.

There is an interactive display area
in the center of the instrument
cluster.

Audio

Use the right steering wheel control
to open and scroll through the
different items and displays.
Press o to access the cluster
applications. Use w or x to scroll
through the list of available
applications. Not all applications will
be available on all vehicles.

135

Press V to select the Audio app,
then press p to enter the Audio
menu. In the Audio menu browse for
music, select from the favorites,
or change the audio source. Use w
or x to change the station or go to
the next or previous track.
Phone
Press V to select the Phone app,
then press p to enter the Phone
menu. In the Phone menu, if there is
no active phone call, view recent
calls, or scroll through contacts.

Navigation

Options
Press V to select the Options app,
then press p to enter the Options
menu. Use w or x to scroll
through items in the Options menu.
Units : Press p while Units is
displayed to enter the Units menu.
Choose English or Metric units by
pressing V while the desired item is
highlighted. A checkmark will be
displayed next to the selected item.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

136

Instruments and Controls

Display Themes (Denali) : There
are three instrument cluster display
configurations to choose from:
Standard, Technology, and Media.
Info Pages : Press p while Info
Pages is displayed to enter the Info
Pages menu and select the items to
be displayed in the Info app. See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 151.
Head-up Display (HUD) Rotation :
If equipped, this feature allows for
adjusting the angle of the HUD
image. Press p on the steering
wheel controls while Head-up
Display Rotation is highlighted to
enter Adjust Mode. Press w or x
to adjust the angle of the HUD
display. Press V to confirm and
save the setting. To cancel the
setting, press o. The vehicle must
be in P (Park).
Speed Warning : The Speed
Warning display allows the driver to
set a speed that they do not want to
exceed. To set the Speed Warning,
press p when Speed Warning is

displayed. Enable the speed
warning and then use w or x to
adjust the value. Press V to set the
speed. Once the speed is set, this
feature can be turned off by
pressing V while viewing this page.
If the selected speed limit is
exceeded, a pop-up warning is
displayed with a chime.

Trip Odometer

Software Information : Displays
open source software information.

Tachometer

Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).

Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles. The odometer
displays on the Speed page of the
Driver Information Center (DIC).

The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 151.

The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls

Fuel Gauge

English Standard Theme Shown,
Metric Similar
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
There is an arrow near the fuel
gauge pointing to the side of the
vehicle the fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.

Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
. The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.

Engine Oil Pressure
Gauge

Metric Standard Theme

137

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

138

Instruments and Controls
Caution

English Standard Theme
The engine oil pressure gauge
shows the engine oil pressure
in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds
per square inch) when the engine is
running.
Oil pressure can vary with engine
speed, outside temperature, and oil
viscosity.
A reading outside the normal
operating range can be caused by a
dangerously low oil level or some
other problem causing low oil
pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as
soon as possible. An oil pressure
message may display. See Engine
Oil 0 283.

Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.

Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge

Metric Standard Theme

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls

139

Transmission
Temperature Gauge

English Standard Theme
This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine
coolant.
While driving under normal
operating conditions, if the needle
moves into the red warning area,
the engine is too hot. Pull off the
road, stop the vehicle, and turn off
the engine as soon as possible.

English Standard Theme
Metric Standard Theme

This gauge appears when the
vehicle is in Tow/Haul Mode and
shows the transmission fluid
temperature. If the gauge is reading
in the red area and/or a message
appears in the Driver Information
Center (DIC), the vehicle must be
stopped and the cause checked.
One possible cause is a low fluid
level in the transmission.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

140

Instruments and Controls
Caution

Do not drive the vehicle while the
transmission fluid is overheating,
or the transmission can be
damaged. This could lead to
costly repairs that would not be
covered by the warranty.

Voltmeter Gauge

Standard Theme
When the ignition is on, this gauge
indicates the battery voltage.

When the engine is running, this
gauge shows the condition of the
charging system. The gauge can
transition from a higher to lower or a
lower to higher reading. This is
normal. If the vehicle is operating
outside the normal operating range,
the charging system light comes on.
See Charging System Light 0 142
for more information. The voltmeter
gauge may also read lower when in
fuel economy mode. This is normal.
Readings outside the normal
operating range can also occur
when a large number of electrical
accessories are operating in the
vehicle and the engine is left idling
for an extended period. This
condition is normal since the
charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As
engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as
higher engine speeds allow the
charging system to create maximum
power.
The vehicle can only be driven for a
short time with the readings outside
the normal operating range. If the
vehicle must be driven, turn off all

accessories, such as the radio and
air conditioner and unplug all
chargers and accessories.
Readings outside the normal
operating range indicate a possible
problem in the electrical system.
Have the vehicle serviced as soon
as possible.

Seat Belt Reminders
Driver Seat Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver seat belt reminder
light on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their seat belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.

passenger remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.

If the passenger seat belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.

Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
Light

The front passenger seat belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the seat belt.

There may be a passenger seat belt
reminder light near the passenger
airbag status indicator. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 91.

Airbag Readiness Light

For vehicles equipped with the
passenger seat belt reminder light,
when the vehicle is started this light
flashes and a chime may come on
to remind passengers to fasten their
seat belt. Then the light stays on
solid until the belt is buckled. This
cycle continues several times if the

This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), passenger
sensing system (if equipped), the
pretensioners, the airbag modules,
the wiring, and the crash sensing
and diagnostic module. For more
information on the airbag system,
see Airbag System 0 85.

141

The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

142

Instruments and Controls

Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 91 for important
safety information. The passenger
airbag status indicator is in the
overhead console.

after several more seconds, the
status indicator will light either ON
or OFF, or the on or off symbol, to
let you know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is
allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.

United States

Canada and Mexico
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the
symbols for on and off, for several
seconds as a system check. Then,

If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 141 for more information,
including important safety
information.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
It should go out when the engine is
started.
If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
When this light comes on, or is
flashing, the Driver Information
Center (DIC) also displays a
message.
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.

Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine
Light)
This light is part of the vehicle’s
emission control on-board
diagnostic system. If this light is on
while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is in
Service Mode.
See Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0 207 or Ignition Positions (Keyless
Access) 0 205.

143

Caution

Malfunctions are often indicated by
the system before any problem is
noticeable. Being aware of the light
and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.

Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually
with this light on, the emission
control system may not work as
well, the fuel economy may be
lower, and the vehicle may not
run smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system, or the use of
replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire
specifications, can cause this light
to come on. This could lead to
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 278.
If the light is flashing : A
malfunction has been detected that
could damage the emission control
system and increase vehicle
emissions. Diagnosis and service
may be required.
To help prevent damage, reduce
vehicle speed and avoid hard
accelerations and uphill grades.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

144

Instruments and Controls

If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as possible.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your
dealer for service as soon as
possible.
If the light is on steady : A
malfunction has been detected.
Diagnosis and service may be
required.
Check the following:
. If fuel has been added to the
vehicle using the capless fuel
funnel adapter, make sure that it
has been removed. See “Filling
the Tank with a Portable Gas
Can” under Filling the Tank
0 256. The diagnostic system
can detect if the adapter has
been left installed in the vehicle,
allowing fuel to evaporate into
the atmosphere. A few driving
trips with the adapter removed
may turn off the light.

Poor fuel quality can cause
inefficient engine operation and
poor driveability, which may go
away once the engine is warmed
up. If this occurs, change the
fuel brand. It may require at
least one full tank of the proper
fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel
0 254.

If the light remains on, see your
dealer.

Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test, the
test equipment will likely connect to
the vehicle's Data Link
Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. Connecting devices that are

not used to perform an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect
vehicle operation. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 274. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
. The light is on when the engine
is running.
. The light does not come on
when the ignition is in
Service Mode.
. Critical emission control systems
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently
serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will
not pass or cannot be made ready
for the test.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls

Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working.
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.

Metric

English

This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn you if there is
a problem.
When the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light also comes on
when the parking brake is set. The
light stays on if the parking brake

does not fully release. If it stays on
after the parking brake is fully
released, it means the vehicle has a
brake problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
pull off the road and stop carefully.
The pedal might be harder to push,
or the pedal can go closer to the
floor. It may take longer to stop.
If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 355.

{ Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.

145

Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
the engine again to reset the
system. If the ABS light stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. A chime may
also sound when the light comes on
steady.
If the ABS light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes, but
the antilock brakes are not
functioning.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

146

Instruments and Controls

If both the ABS and the brake
system warning light are on, the
vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.

Tow/Haul Mode Light

This light is amber and flashes as a
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert, to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed.

See Brake System Warning Light
0 145.

Four-Wheel-Drive Light

without using the turn signal in that
direction. The LKA light will turn
amber.

For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
Mode feature, this light comes on
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
activated.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 252.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

See Tow/Haul Mode 0 222.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
Light
The four-wheel-drive light comes on
when the transfer case is shifted
into four-wheel drive and the front
axle engages. LO or HI will also be
next to this light when the vehicle is
in four-wheel low or four-wheel high.
Some delay between the shifting
and the light coming on is normal.
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 222.

If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead and amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
This light is green if LKA is available
to assist.
LKA may assist by gently turning
the steering wheel if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane marking

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 246.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls

Traction Off Light

StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.

This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.

The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 229.

This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the
system does not assist in controlling
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and
the StabiliTrak systems, and the
warning light turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 229.

147

Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service.
If the light is on and flashing, the
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
is actively working.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

148

Instruments and Controls

See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 229.

Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light

Caution (Continued)
engine and it may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. See
Engine Overheating 0 294.
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on when the
engine has overheated.
If this happens, pull over and turn
off the engine as soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating 0 294.

This light comes on briefly while
starting the vehicle.

Tire Pressure Light

If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light goes off.

Caution
The engine coolant temperature
warning light indicates that the
vehicle has overheated. Driving
with this light on can damage the
(Continued)

For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. Stop as soon as possible,
and inflate the tires to the pressure
value shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 327.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 330.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls

Engine Oil Pressure Light
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.

149

Security Light

Low Fuel Warning Light
The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
This light is near the fuel gauge and
comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.

If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
0 51.

It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.

High-Beam On Light

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

150

Instruments and Controls

This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 172.

IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when the
IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is
enabled.
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 170.

The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps 0 175 for more information.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when the
exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 170.

This light is white when the Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is
on and ready, and turns green when
the ACC is set and active. See
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 235.

Door Ajar Light

Cruise Control Light

Front Fog Lamp Light

For vehicles with fog lamps, this
light comes on when the fog lamps
are on.

The cruise control light is white
when the cruise control is on and
ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
See Cruise Control 0 233.

This light comes on when a door is
open or not securely latched. Before
driving, check that all doors are
properly closed.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls

Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster in
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster
0 133. The displays show the status
of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the right
steering wheel control.

o or p : Press to move between
the interactive display zones in the
cluster.
V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens.
DIC Info Page Options
The info pages on the DIC can be
turned on or off through the
Options menu.
1. Press o to access the cluster
applications.
2. Press w or x to scroll to the
Options application.
3. Press V to enter the
Options menu.
4. Scroll to Info Pages and
press p.
5. Press w or x to move
through the list of possible
information displays.

w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list.

151

6. Press V while an item is
highlighted to select or
deselect that item. When an
item is selected, a checkmark
will appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages
The following is the list of all
possible DIC info page displays.
Some may not be available for your
particular vehicle. Some items may
not be turned on by default but can
be turned on through the Options
app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
earlier in this section.
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph). The vehicle
odometer is also shown on
this page.
Trip A or Trip B, Average Fuel
Economy, and Average Speed :
Shows the current distance traveled,
in either kilometers (km) or
miles (mi), since the trip odometer
was last reset.
The Average Fuel Economy display
shows the approximate average
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

152

Instruments and Controls

or miles per gallon (mpg). This
number is calculated based on the
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded
since the last time this menu item
was reset. This number reflects only
the approximate average fuel
economy that the vehicle has right
now, and will change as driving
conditions change.
The Average Speed display shows
the average speed of the vehicle in
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). This average is
calculated based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset of this value.
Press and hold V while this display
is active to reset the trip odometer,
the average fuel economy, and the
average speed. Or press p and
select reset in the menu.
Fuel Range and Instantaneous
Fuel Economy : Shows the
approximate distance the vehicle
can be driven without refueling.
LOW will be displayed when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel
range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle's fuel

economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank. It also shows if the
Active Fuel Management is active
and in V4 mode, or inactive and in
V8 mode. See Active Fuel
Management 0 214.
The Instantaneous Fuel Economy
display shows the current fuel
economy in either liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
per gallon (mpg). This number
reflects only the approximate fuel
economy that the vehicle has right
now and changes frequently as
driving conditions change.
Timer and Fuel Used : Can be
used as a timer. To start the timer,
press V while this display is active.
The display will show the amount of
time that has passed since the timer
was last reset. To stop the timer,
press V briefly while this display is
active and the timer is running. To
reset the timer to zero, press and
hold V while this display is active.

This also shows the number of
liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel used
since the last reset of this
menu item.
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
oil's remaining useful life.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
The oil should be changed as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 283.
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 370.
The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. It will not
reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil
Life display at any time other than
when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, press and

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls

153

hold V for several seconds while
the Oil Life display is active. See
Engine Oil Life System 0 285.

from highest to lowest. If a feature is
turned off, it will be removed from
the list.

Trailer Brake : Displays on vehicles
with the Integrated Trailer Brake
Control (ITBC) system.

Tire Pressure : Shows the
approximate pressures of all four
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
per square inch (psi). If the pressure
is low, the value for that tire is
shown in amber.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 329 and Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 330.

Economy Trend : Shows history of
the Average Fuel Economy from the
last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar
represents about 5 km (3 mi) of
driving. During driving the bars will
shift to always reflect the most
recent distance on the right side.
Press and hold V to clear the graph
or press p to reset through
the menu.

TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
gain setting.

Best Fuel Economy : Displays
average fuel economy, the best fuel
economy over the selected
distance, and a bar graph showing
instantaneous fuel economy.

ECO Index : Provides feedback on
the efficiency of current driving
behavior. The bar graph shows a
value that is based on current fuel
consumption compared to what is
expected from the vehicle with good
and bad driving habits. It also shows
if the Active Fuel Management is
active and in V4 mode, or inactive
and in V8 mode. See Active Fuel
Management 0 214.

Press p to change the selected
distance. Press and hold V while
this display is active to reset the
best fuel economy and average fuel
economy. This display can also be
reset by selecting reset in the menu.
Top Consumers : Shows a list of
the features that are currently
impacting the fuel economy, in order

Engine Hours : Shows the total
number of hours the engine has run.
This display also shows the engine
idle hours.

OUTPUT shows the power output to
the trailer any time a trailer with
electric brakes is connected. Output
is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes
may appear in the OUTPUT display
if a trailer is not connected.
Speed Signs : Shows sign
information, which comes from a
roadway database in the onboard
navigation.
Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch
and roll information, road wheel
angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD)
status.
Following Distance : Used to
select the alert timing for the
Forward Collision Alert (FCA). See
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 246.
Blank Page : Shows no
information.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

154

Instruments and Controls

Transmission Fluid Temperature
Gauge : Shows the temperature of
the automatic transmission fluid in
either degrees Celsius (°C) or
degrees Fahrenheit (°F).

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning
If the HUD image is too bright or
too high in your field of view, it
may take you more time to see
things you need to see when it is
dark outside. Be sure to keep the
HUD image dim and placed low in
your field of view.
If equipped with HUD, some
information concerning the
operation of the vehicle is projected
onto the windshield. The image is
projected through the HUD lens on
top of the instrument panel. The
information appears as an image
focused out toward the front of the
vehicle.

Caution
If you try to use the HUD image
as a parking aid, you may
misjudge the distance and
damage your vehicle. Do not use
the HUD image as a parking aid.
The HUD information can be
displayed in various languages. The
speedometer reading and other
numerical values can be displayed
in either English or metric units.
The language selection is changed
through the radio and the units of
measurement is changed through
the instrument cluster. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 158 and “Cluster
Settings Menu” under Instrument
Cluster 0 133.

HUD Display on the Vehicle
Windshield
The HUD may display some of the
following vehicle information and
vehicle messages or alerts:
. Speed
.

Tachometer

Audio

Phone

Navigation

Collision Alert

Cruise Control

Lane Departure

Low Fuel

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls
Some vehicle messages or alerts
displayed in the HUD may be
cleared by using the steering wheel
controls. See Vehicle Messages
0 157.

$ : Press down or lift up to center

Some information shown may not
be available on your vehicle if it is
not equipped with these features.

view. Each press will change the
display view.

the HUD image. The HUD image
can only be adjusted up and down,
not side to side.

! : Press to select the display
D : Lift up and hold to brighten the
display. Press down and hold to dim
the display. Hold down to turn the
display off.
The HUD image will automatically
dim and brighten to compensate for
outside lighting. The HUD
brightness control can also be
adjusted as needed.

The HUD control is to the left of the
steering wheel.
To adjust the HUD image:
1. Adjust the driver seat.
2. Start the engine.
3. Use the following settings to
adjust the HUD.

The HUD image can temporarily
light up depending on the angle and
position of the sunlight on the HUD
display. This is normal.
Polarized sunglasses could make
the HUD image harder to see.
Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation
Option
This feature allows for adjusting the
angle of the HUD image.

155

Press@ on the steering wheel
controls while Head-up Display
Rotation is highlighted to enter
Adjust Mode. Press y or z to
adjust the angle of the HUD display.
Press S or T to highlight OK, then
press @ to save the setting.
CANCEL can also be selected to
cancel the setting. The vehicle must
be in P (Park). See Instrument
Cluster 0 133.
Press @ on the steering wheel
controls while Head-up Display
Rotation is highlighted to enter
Adjust Mode. Press y or z to
adjust the angle of the HUD display.
Press S or T to highlight OK, then
press @ to save the setting.
CANCEL can also be selected to
cancel the setting. The vehicle must
be in P (Park). See Instrument
Cluster 0 133.
HUD Views
There are four views in the HUD.
Some vehicle information and
vehicle messages or alerts may be
displayed in any view.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

156

Instruments and Controls

Metric

English

Speed View : This display gives the
speedometer reading (in English or
metric units), speed limit, Adaptive
Cruise Control speed, Lane
Departure Warning, and vehicle
ahead indicator. Some information
only appears on vehicles that have
these features, and when they are
active.

Audio/Phone View : This displays
the speed view along with audio/
phone information. The current radio
station, media type, and incoming
calls will be displayed.

Navigation View : This displays the
speed view along with Turn-by-Turn
Navigation information. The
compass heading is displayed when
navigation routing is not active.

All HUD views may briefly display
audio information when the driver
uses the steering wheel controls to
adjust the audio settings appearing
in the instrument cluster.

Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts
shown in the instrument cluster may
also be displayed in any HUD view.

Incoming phone calls appearing in
the instrument cluster may also
display in any HUD view.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls

Metric

English
Performance View : This displays
the speedometer reading, rpm
reading, transmission positions, and
gear shift indicator.

Care of the HUD
Clean the inside of the windshield to
remove any dirt or film that could
reduce the sharpness or clarity of
the HUD image.
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
the lens gently, then dry it.

157

HUD Troubleshooting

Vehicle Messages

Check that:
. Nothing is covering the
HUD lens.
. HUD brightness setting is not
too dim or too bright.
. HUD is adjusted to the proper
height.
. Polarized sunglasses are
not worn.
. Windshield and HUD lens are
clean.

Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or
some action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple
messages may appear one after
another.

If the HUD image is not correct,
contact your dealer.
The windshield is part of the HUD
system. See Windshield
Replacement 0 304.

The messages that do not require
immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing V. The messages that
require immediate action cannot be
cleared until that action is
performed.
All messages should be taken
seriously; clearing the message
does not correct the problem.
If a SERVICE message appears,
see your dealer.
Follow the instructions given in the
messages. The system displays
messages regarding the following
topics:
. Service Messages
.

Fluid Levels

Vehicle Security

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

158

Instruments and Controls

Brakes

Ride Control Systems

Driver Assistance Systems

Cruise Control

Lighting and Bulb Replacement

Wiper/Washer Systems

Doors and Windows

Seat Belts

Airbag Systems

Engine and Transmission

Tire Pressure

Battery

Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the
vehicle's propulsion power is
reduced. Reduced propulsion power
can affect the vehicle's ability to
accelerate. If this message is on,
but there is no observed reduction
in performance, proceed to your
destination. The performance may
be reduced the next time the vehicle
is driven. The vehicle may be driven

while this message is on, but
maximum acceleration and speed
may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, or displays
repeatedly, the vehicle should be
taken to your dealer for service as
soon as possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages
SPEED LIMITED TO
XXX KM/H (MPH)
This message shows that the
vehicle speed has been limited to
the speed displayed. The limited
speed is a protection for various
propulsion and vehicle systems,
such as lubrication, thermal,
suspension, Teen Driver if
equipped, or tires.

Vehicle
Personalization
Use the audio system controls to
access the personalization menus
for customizing vehicle features.
The following are all possible
personalization features. Depending
on the vehicle, some may not be
available.
Radio Audio System Controls
1. Touch the desired feature to
display a list of available
options.
2. Select the desired feature
setting.
3. Press o BACK on the center
stack or touch 0 to return to
the previous menu or exit.
Turn the vehicle on to access the
Settings menu, then select
SETTINGS from the Home Page on
the infotainment display.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls

159

Personalization Menus

Time and Date

Teen Driver

The following list of menu items may
be available:
. Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. See
Clock 0 126.

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”
in the infotainment manual.

Language

Valet Mode

Language

Rear Seat Reminder

Select Language, then select from
the available language(s).

Video Voice-Over

Teen Driver

Valet Mode

The selected language will display
on the system, and voice
recognition (if equipped) will reflect
the selected language.

This will lock the infotainment
system and steering wheel controls.
It may also limit access to vehicle
storage locations, if equipped.

Radio

Rear Seat Reminder

Vehicle

Bluetooth

Apple CarPlay

This allows for a chime and a
message when the rear door has
been opened before or during
operation of the vehicle.

Android Auto

Voice

Display

Rear Camera

Return to Factory Settings

Software Information

Wi-Fi

Detailed information for each menu
follows.

Select Off or On.

Video Voice-Over
When activated, the RSI will read
aloud menu titles, menu listings,
pop-ups, alerts, and file titles from
audio and video media.
Select Off or On.

To enable valet mode:
1. Enter a four-digit code on the
keypad.
2. Select Enter to go to the
confirmation screen.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
unlock the system. Touch Back to
go back to the previous menu.

Radio
Select and the following may
display:
. Manage Favorites
.

Number of Favorites Shown

Audible Touch Feedback

Bose AudioPilot

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

160
.

Instruments and Controls

Auto Volume

Maximum Startup Volume

Audio Cue Volume

Manage Favorites
This allows favorites to be edited.
See “Manage Favorites” in
“Settings” under “Radio” in the
infotainment manual.
Number of Favorites Shown
Select to set the number of favorites
to display.
Select the desired number or select
Auto and the infotainment system
will automatically adjust the number
of favorites shown.

Auto Volume

Comfort and Convenience

This feature adjusts the volume
based on vehicle speed and
ambient noise.

Lighting

Power Door Locks

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Medium, Medium-High, or High.
Maximum Startup Volume
This feature sets the maximum
startup volume. If the vehicle is
started and the volume is greater
than this level, the volume is
adjusted to this level. To set the
maximum startup volume, touch +
or − to increase or decrease.
Audio Cue Volume

Climate and Air Quality
Select and the following may
display:
. Auto Fan Speed
.

Auto Defog

Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed
This feature will set the auto fan
speed.

This feature sets the volume of
audio files played at system startup
and shutdown.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Select Off or On.

Select On, then touch + or − to
increase or decrease the volume.

Bose AudioPilot

Vehicle

This allows Bose AudioPilot to be
turned on or off.

Select and the following may
display:
. Climate and Air Quality

When set to On, the auto defog
comes on when the climate control
sensor detects high interior
humidity. Air will be directed to the
windshield.

Audible Touch Feedback
This allows Audible Touch
Feedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems

Auto Defog

Select Off or On.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls

161

Auto Rear Defog

Forward Collision System

Side Blind Zone Alert

If equipped, this feature will
automatically turn on the rear
window defogger when the vehicle
is first started in cold weather and
turn off when the vehicle is warmed.

This feature will turn on or off
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB).
The Off setting disables all FCA and
FAB functions. With the Alert and
Brake setting, both FCA and FAB
are available. The Alert setting
disables FAB. See Forward
Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 248.

This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert
(SBZA) 0 250.

Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.

Select Off or On.

Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

Comfort and Convenience

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems
Select and the following may
display:
. Alert Type
.

Forward Collision System

Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

Park Assist

Side Blind Zone Alert

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Alert Type
This feature will set crash alerts to
beeps or seat vibrations. This
setting affects all crash alerts
including Forward Collision Alert,
Lane Departure Warning, and Park
Assist alerts.
Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

This feature will give a reminder that
Adaptive Cruise Control provides
when it has brought the vehicle to a
complete stop behind another
stopping vehicle, and then that
vehicle drives on.
Select Off or On.
Park Assist
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Assistance Systems
for Parking or Backing 0 243.
Select Off, On, or On with Towbar
Attached.

Select Off or On.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Assistance Systems
for Parking or Backing 0 243.

Select and the following may
display:
. Auto Memory Recall
.

Easy Exit Options

Chime Volume

Hands Free Liftgate Control

Reverse Tilt Mirror

Auto Mirror Folding

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

162

Instruments and Controls

Auto Memory Recall

Reverse Tilt Mirror

Lighting

This feature automatically recalls
the current driver’s previously stored
1 or 2 button positions when the
ignition is changed from off to on or
ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory
Seats 0 64.

When on, the driver and/or
passenger mirrors will tilt downward
when the vehicle is shifted to
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
the ground near the rear wheels.
See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 55.

Select the Lighting menu and the
following may display:
. Vehicle Locator Lights

Select On or Off.

Select Off, On - Driver and
Passenger, On - Driver, or On Passenger.

Easy Exit Options
This feature automatically recalls
the previously stored Exit button
position when exiting the vehicle.
See Memory Seats 0 64.
Select On or Off.
Chime Volume
This allows the selection of the
chime volume level.

Auto Mirror Folding
When on, the outside mirrors will
automatically fold or unfold when
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter Q or K button is
pressed and held. See Folding
Mirrors 0 53.
Select Off or On.

Touch + or − to adjust the volume.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Hands Free Liftgate Control

When on and the front wiper is on
and wiping, the rear wiper will
automatically activate when the
vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse).

The liftgate may be operated with a
kicking motion under the rear
bumper. See Liftgate 0 43.
Select Off, On-Open and Close,
or On-Open Only.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights
This feature will flash the exterior
lamps and allows some of the
exterior lamps and most of the
interior lamps to turn on briefly when
K on the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter is pressed to
locate the vehicle.
Select On or Off.
Exit Lighting
This allows the selection of how
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside.
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,
or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks
Select Power Door Locks and the
following may display:
. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls
.

163

Auto Door Unlock

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

Remote Lock Feedback

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

Remote Door Unlock

When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking when the
door is open and the key is in the
ignition. If Off is selected, the
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
available.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If turned on, this feature will turn the
ventilated seats on when using
remote start on warm days.

Passive Door Unlock

Passive Door Lock

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Select On or Off.
Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Delayed Door Lock
When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock
switch on the door.
Select On or Off.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Select and the following may
display:

Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
Select Off or Flash Lights.
Remote Lock Feedback
This allows selection of what type of
feedback is given when locking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Only, or Horn Only.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing K on the
RKE transmitter.

Select Off or On.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
If turned on, this feature will turn the
heated seats on when using remote
start on cold days.
Select Off or On.
Passive Door Unlock
This allows the selection of what
doors will unlock when using the
button on the driver door to unlock
the vehicle.
Select All Doors or Driver Door.
Passive Door Lock
This allows passive locking to be
turned on or off and selects
feedback.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

164

Instruments and Controls

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 33.

Pair New Device

Apple CarPlay

Select to pair a new device. See
“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”
under “Bluetooth” in the infotainment
manual.

Select and the following may
display:
. Apple CarPlay

Select Off, On with Horn
Chirp, or On.

Device Management

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Select to connect to a different
phone source, disconnect a phone,
or delete a phone.

This feature sounds an alert when
the RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle. This menu also enables
Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.
Select Off or On.

Bluetooth
Select and the following may
display:
. Pair New Device

Ringtones
Select to change the ring tone for
the specific phone. The phone does
not need to be connected to change
the ring tone.
Voice Mail Numbers

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay
This feature allows Apple devices to
be connected to the infotainment
system through a USB port.
Select Off or On.
Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
Select to manage Apple devices.
Apple CarPlay must be on for this
feature to be accessed.

Android Auto

Device Management

Ringtones

This feature displays the voice mail
number for all connected phones.
To change the voice mail number,
select EDIT. Type a new number,
then select SAVE.

Voice Mail Numbers

Text Message Alerts

This allows the feature to be turned
on or off.

Android Auto

Select Off or On.

Select and the following may
display:
. Android Auto
Manage Android Auto Devices

This feature allows Android devices
to be connected to the infotainment
system through a USB port.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls
Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Mode

Select to turn Off or On.

Select to manage Android devices.
Android Auto must be on for this
feature to be accessed.

Select to change the display of the
infotainment system.

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Voice

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select and the following may
display:
. Prompt Length

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
then follow the prompts.

Audio Feedback Speed

Prompt Length
This feature adjusts the voice
prompt length.
Select Short or Long.
Audio Feedback Speed
This feature adjusts the audio
feedback speed.
Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display
Select and the following may
display:
. Mode
.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Turn Display Off

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Turn Display Off
Select to turn the display off. Touch
anywhere on the infotainment
display area or press any controls
on the radio center stack to turn the
display on.

Rear Camera
Select and the following may
display:
. Guidance Lines
.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines
Select to turn Off or On. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 243.

165

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Select to turn Off or On. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 243.

Return to Factory Settings
Select and the following may
display:
. Restore Vehicle Settings
.

Clear All Private Data

Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings
This allows selection of restoring
vehicle settings.
Select Restore or Cancel.
Clear All Private Data
This allows selection to clear all
private information from the vehicle.
Select Delete or Cancel.
Restore Radio Settings
This allows selection to restore
radio settings.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

166

Instruments and Controls

Software Information

Universal Remote
System

instructions refer to a garage door
opener, but can be used for other
devices.

Select to view the infotainment
system current software information.

See Radio Frequency Statement
0 396.

Do not use the Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener
that does not have the stop and
reverse feature. This includes any
garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Wi-Fi
Select and the following may
display:
. Wi-Fi
.

Universal Remote System
Programming

Read the instructions completely
before programming the Universal
Remote system. It may help to have
another person assist with the
programming process.

Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Wi-Fi
This feature allows Wi-Fi networks
to be turned off or on.
Select Off or On.
Manage Wi-Fi Networks
Select to manage Wi-Fi networks.
Wi-Fi must be on for this feature to
be accessed.
If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These

Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles
as well as for future programming.
Erase the programming when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
See “Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons” later in this
section.
To program a garage door opener,
park outside directly in line with and
facing the garage door opener
receiver. Clear all people and
objects near the garage door.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls
Make sure the hand-held transmitter
has a new battery for quick and
accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.

Programming the Universal
Remote System
For questions or programming help,
see www.homelink.com/gm or call
1-800-355-3515.
Programming involves
time-sensitive actions, and may time
out causing the procedure to be
repeated.
To program up to three devices:
1. Hold the end of the hand-held
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
to 3 in) away from the
Universal Remote system
buttons with the indicator light
in view. The hand-held
transmitter was supplied by the
manufacturer of the garage
door opener receiver.
2. At the same time, press and
hold both the hand-held
transmitter button and one of
the three Universal Remote
system buttons to be used to

time, press and hold the
newly programmed button
for five seconds. If the light
stays on or the garage door
moves, programming is
complete.

operate the garage door. Do
not release either button until
the indicator light goes from a
slow to a rapid flashing light.
Then release both buttons.
Some garage door openers
may require substitution of
Step 2 with the procedure
under “Radio Signals for
Canada and Some Gate
Operators” later in this section.
3. Press and hold the newly
programmed Universal Remote
system button for five seconds
while watching the indicator
light and garage door
activation.
. If the indicator light stays on
continuously or the garage
door moves when the
button is pressed, then
programming is complete.
There is no need to
complete Steps 4–6.
. If the indicator light does
not come on or the garage
door does not move, a
second button press may
be required. For a second

167

If the indicator light blinks
rapidly for two seconds,
then changes to a solid light
and the garage door does
not move, continue with
programming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button
4. After completing Steps 1–3,
locate the Learn or Smart
button inside the garage on the
garage door opener receiver.
The name and color of the
button may vary by
manufacturer.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

168

Instruments and Controls

5. Press and release the Learn or
Smart button. Step 6 must be
completed within 30 seconds of
pressing this button.
6. Inside the vehicle, press and
hold the newly programmed
Universal Remote system
button for two seconds and
then release it. If the garage
door does not move or the
lamp on the garage door
opener receiver does not flash,
press and hold the same
button a second time for
two seconds, then release it.
Again, if the door does not
move or the garage door lamp
does not flash, press and hold
the same button a third time for
two seconds, then release it.
The Universal Remote system
should now activate the
garage door.
Repeat the process for
programming the two remaining
buttons.

Radio Signals for Canada and
Some Gate Operators

Universal Remote System
Operation

For questions or programming help,
see www.homelink.com/gm or call
1-800-355-3515.

Using the Universal Remote
System

Canadian radio-frequency laws and
some U.S. gate operators require
transmitter signals to time out or quit
after several seconds of
transmission. This may not be long
enough for the Universal Remote
system to pick up the signal during
programming.
If the programming did not work,
replace Step 2 under “Programming
the Universal Remote System” with
the following:
Press and hold the Universal
Remote system button while
pressing and releasing the
hand-held transmitter button every
two seconds until the signal has
been successfully accepted by the
Universal Remote system. The
Universal Remote system indicator
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.

Press and hold the appropriate
Universal Remote system button for
at least one-half second. The
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons
Erase all programmed buttons when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls
Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote System
Button
To reprogram any of the system
buttons:
1. Press and hold any one of the
buttons. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under
“Programming the Universal
Remote System.”

169

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

170

Lighting

Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 170
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 174
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls

Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Load Management . . .
Battery Power Protection . . . . .
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

177
177
177
178
178

The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
There are four positions:

O : Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to O again to turn the
automatic headlamps or DRL
back on.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Lighting

171

For vehicles first sold in Canada,
the off position will only work when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY.

high-beam on light appears on the
instrument cluster when the high
beams are on.

AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
roof marker lamps (if equipped), and
license plate lamps.

IntelliBeam System

Driving with IntelliBeam

If equipped, this system turns the
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on
and off according to surrounding
traffic conditions.

The system only activates the high
beams when driving over 40 km/h
(25 mph).

; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.

2 : Turns on the headlamps with
the parking lamps and instrument
panel lights.
When the headlamps are turned on
while the vehicle is on, the
headlamps turn off automatically
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off. When the headlamps are
turned on while the vehicle is off,
the headlamps will stay on for
10 minutes before turning off to
prevent the battery from being
drained. Turn the headlamp control
off and then back to the headlamp
on position to make the headlamps
stay on for an additional 10 minutes.

The system turns the high-beam
headlamps on when it is dark
enough and there is no other traffic
present.

There is a sensor near the top
center of the windshield that
automatically controls the system.
Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.

This light comes on in the
instrument cluster when the
IntelliBeam system is enabled.

The high-beam headlamps remain
on, under the automatic control,
until one of the following situations
occurs:
. The system detects an
approaching vehicle's
headlamps.
. The system detects a preceding
vehicle's taillamps.
. The outside light is bright
enough that high-beam
headlamps are not required.
. The vehicle's speed drops below
20 km/h (12 mph).

Turning On and Enabling
IntelliBeam
To enable the IntelliBeam system,
with the turn signal lever in the
neutral position, turn the exterior
lamp control to AUTO. The blue

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

172
.

Lighting

The IntelliBeam system can be
disabled by the High/Low-Beam
Changer or the Flash-to-Pass
feature. If this happens, the
High/Low-Beam Changer must
be activated on then off within
two seconds to reactivate the
IntelliBeam system. The
instrument cluster light will come
on to indicate the IntelliBeam is
reactivated.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 172 and
Flash-to-Pass 0 172.

The high beams may not turn off
automatically if the system cannot
detect another vehicle's lamps
because of any of the following:
. The other vehicle's lamps are
missing, damaged, obstructed
from view, or otherwise
undetected.
. The other vehicle's lamps are
covered with dirt, snow, and/or
road spray.

The other vehicle's lamps cannot
be detected due to dense
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road
spray, mist, or other airborne
obstructions.
The vehicle's windshield is dirty,
cracked, or obstructed by
something that blocks the view
of the light sensor.

The vehicle is loaded such that
the front end points upward,
causing the light sensor to aim
high and not detect headlamps
and taillamps.

The vehicle is being driven on
winding or hilly roads.

The automatic high-beam
headlamps may need to be disabled
if any of the above conditions exist.

Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder
A reminder chime sounds when the
headlamps or parking lamps are
manually turned on, the ignition is
off, and a door is open. To disable
the chime, turn the lamps off.

Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
Push the turn signal lever toward
the instrument panel to change the
headlamps from low to high beam.
Pull the turn signal lever toward you
and release it to return to low-beam
headlamps.

When the high-beam headlamps are
on, this indicator light on the
instrument cluster will also be on.

Flash-to-Pass
This feature lets you use the
high-beam headlamps to signal a
driver in front of you that you want
to pass. It works even if the
headlamps are in the automatic
position.
To use it, pull the turn signal lever
toward you, then release it.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Lighting
If the headlamps are in the
automatic position or on low beam,
the high-beam headlamps will turn
on. Depending on the type of
headlamp, they will either turn off
after a short duration or stay on as
long as you hold the lever toward
you. The high-beam indicator on the
instrument cluster will come on.
Release the lever to return to
normal operation.

Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)

To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior
lamp control to O and then release.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is
parked.

DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of the vehicle during
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.
The DRL system comes on when
the following conditions are met:
. The ignition is on.
.

The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.

The transmission is not in
P (Park).

173

The light sensor determines it is
daytime.

When the DRL system is on, only
the DRL are on. The taillamps,
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
lights, and other lamps will not
be on.
When it begins to get dark, the
automatic headlamp system
switches from DRL to the
headlamps.

Automatic Headlamp
System
When the exterior lamp control is
set to AUTO and it is dark enough
outside, the headlamps come on
automatically.

There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the
sensor, otherwise the headlamps
will come on when they are not
needed.
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately. If it
is light outside when the vehicle
leaves the garage, there is a slight
delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the
DRL. During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the
instrument panel brightness control

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

174

Lighting

is in the full bright position. See
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 176.

Hazard Warning Flashers

Turn and Lane-Change
Signals

When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).
The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
control is turned to O or the ignition
is off.

Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to O
or ; to disable this feature.

| : Press this button to make the
front and rear turn signal lamps
flash on and off. Press again to turn
the flashers off.
When the hazard warning flashers
are on, the vehicle's turn signals will
not work.

An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
Move the turn signal lever all the
way up or down to signal a turn.
Raise or lower the lever for less
than one second until the arrow
starts to flash to signal a lane
change. This causes the turn
signals to automatically flash three
times. It will flash six times if Tow/
Haul Mode is active. Holding the
turn signal lever for more than
one second will cause the turn
signals to flash until the lever is
released.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Lighting
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.

Fog Lamps

If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or
do not come on, a signal bulb could
be burned out.

When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps also go
off. When the high-beam headlamps
are turned off, the fog lamps will
come on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on with
the fog lamps.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 309.
Turn Signal On Chime
If the turn signal is left on for more
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
sounds at each flash of the turn
signal. The message TURN
SIGNAL ON will also appear in the
Driver Information Center (DIC). To
turn the chime and message off,
move the turn signal lever to the off
position.

175

If equipped with fog lamps, the
button is on the exterior lamp
control, to the left of the steering
column.
The ignition must be on for the fog
lamps to come on.

# : Press to turn the fog lamps on
or off. A light will come on in the
instrument cluster.
When the fog lamps are turned on,
the parking lamps automatically
turn on.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

176

Lighting

Interior Lighting

Dome Lamps

Reading Lamps

There are dome lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped.

There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. To operate, the ignition
must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY
or using Retained Accessory
Power (RAP).

Instrument Panel
Illumination Control

This feature controls the brightness
of the instrument panel lights and is
next to the exterior lamp control.

D : Move the thumbwheel up or
down to brighten or dim the lights.

To change the dome lamp settings,
press the following:
OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
when a door is open.
DOOR : The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.
ON : Turns all dome lamps on.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Lighting

Lighting Features
Entry Lighting

Press m or n next to each reading
lamp to turn it on or off.

Some exterior lamps and the interior
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when K
is pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a
door is opened, the interior lamps
come on if the dome lamp control is
in the DOOR position. After about
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn
off. Entry lighting can be disabled
manually by changing the ignition
out of the OFF position, or by
pressing the RKE transmitter Q
button.
This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 158.

Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps and interior
lamps come on at night, or in areas
with limited lighting, when the driver
door is opened after the ignition is
turned off. The exterior lamps and

177

interior lamps remain on for a set
amount of time, then automatically
turn off.
The exterior lamps turn off
immediately by turning the exterior
lamp control off.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 158.

Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM), which
estimates the battery's temperature
and state of charge. It then adjusts
the voltage for best performance
and extended life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. The voltmeter
gauge or the voltage display on the
Driver Information Center (DIC),
if equipped, may show the voltage

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

178

Lighting

moving up or down. This is normal.
If there is a problem, an alert will be
displayed.
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all the
power that is needed for very high
electrical loads.

Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible.

Battery Power Protection

A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog
lamps, rear window defogger,
climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.

This feature shuts off the dome and
reading lamps if they are left on for
more than 10 minutes when the
ignition is off. This will keep the
battery from running down.

EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.

The exterior lamps turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the O position and then back to
the ; or 2 position.

Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver

To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Infotainment System

Infotainment
System
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Introduction
Infotainment
See the infotainment manual for
information on the radio, audio
players, phone, navigation system,
Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE),
and voice or speech recognition,
if equipped. It also includes
information on settings.

179

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

180

Climate Controls

Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Climate Control
Systems

3. Air Delivery Mode Controls

Dual Automatic Climate
Control System

6. Passenger Temperature
Control

With this system the heating,
cooling, and ventilation in the
vehicle can be controlled. Some
climate control settings can be
changed. See “Climate and Air
Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

7. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)

4. Fan Control
5. Defrost

8. Rear Window Defogger
9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control
Lockout)
10. Rear Temperature Control
11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control
12. Rear Fan Control
13. Front Climate Control Power
Button
14. Rear AUTO (Automatic
Operation)
15. Rear Climate Control Power
Button
16. Air Recirculation
17. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

1. Driver Temperature Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Climate Controls
Front Climate Controls
Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
When AUTO is lit, all four functions
operate automatically. Each function
can also be manually set and the
setting is displayed. Functions not
manually set will continue to be
automatically controlled, even if the
AUTO indicator is not lit.
To place the system in
automatic mode:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the driver and passenger
temperature.
To find your comfort setting,
start with 22 °C (72 °F) and
allow the system time to
stabilize. Then adjust the
temperature as needed for best
comfort.

181

To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
may be automatically selected in
warm weather.

The maximum auto fan speed can
be adjusted. See “Climate and Air
Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

The recirculation light will not come
on when automatically controlled.
Press @ to manually select
recirculation; press it again to select
outside air.

Driver and Passenger
Temperature Control : The
temperature can be adjusted
separately for the driver and
passenger.

Do not cover the solar sensor on the
top of the instrument panel near the
windshield. This sensor regulates
air temperature based on sun load.
See “Sensors” later in this section.

Turn the knob clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the driver or passenger
temperature setting.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the climate control
system on or off. When off is
selected, the system will stop air
from flowing into the cabin. If on is
selected, a button is pressed, or a
knob is turned, the climate control
system will turn on and operate at
the current setting.
9 : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Press
AUTO to return to automatic
operation.

SYNC : Press to link the passenger
and rear climate temperature
settings to the driver setting. The
SYNC indicator light will turn on.
When the passenger or rear climate
settings are adjusted, the SYNC
indicator light turns off.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Press
Y, \, [ , or - to change the
direction of the airflow. An indicator
light comes on in the selected mode
button.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

182

Climate Controls

Changing the mode cancels the
automatic operation of the mode.
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation.

Y : Air is directed to the instrument
panel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between the
instrument panel and floor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the floor
outlets, with some to the windshield,
side window outlets, and second
row floor outlets.

- : This mode clears the windows
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to
the windshield, floor outlets, and
side window vents.

0 : Press to clear the windshield
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is
directed to the windshield and the
side window vents. The system
automatically forces outside air into
the vehicle and the air conditioning
compressor will run, unless the
outside temperature is close to
freezing.
Do not drive the vehicle until all
windows are clear.
See Air Vents 0 185.

A/C : Press to turn the air
conditioning system on or off. An
indicator light comes on to show
that the air conditioning is enabled.
If the fan is turned off, the air
conditioner will not run. The A/C
light will stay on even if the outside
temperatures are below freezing.

on, see “Climate and Air Quality”
under Vehicle Personalization
0 158.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.
An indicator light comes on. Air is
recirculated to quickly cool the
inside of the vehicle. It can also be
used to help reduce outside air and
odors that enter the vehicle. The air
conditioning compressor also comes
on when this mode is activated.

K : Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light
on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on.

Auto Defog : The climate control
system uses a sensor to
automatically detect high humidity
inside the vehicle. When high
humidity is detected, the climate
control system may adjust to
outside air supply, turn on the air
conditioner, and direct more air to
the windshield. If the climate control
system does not detect possible
window fogging, it returns to normal
operation. To turn Auto Defog off or

Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.

The rear window defogger only
works when the ignition is in on. The
defogger turns off if the ignition is
turned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.
The rear window defogger can be
set to automatic operation. When
Auto Rear Defog is selected, the
rear window defogger turns on
automatically when the vehicle is
first started in cold weather and
turns off when the vehicle is
warmed. To turn Auto Rear Defog
on or off, see “Climate and Air
Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Climate Controls
Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Heated Mirror : If equipped with
heated outside mirrors, the mirrors
heat to help clear fog or frost from
the surface of the mirror when the
rear window defog button is
pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 54.

Rear Climate Controls

O : Press to turn the rear climate
control system on or off.
AUTO : Press AUTO to control the
rear passenger temperature, air
delivery, and fan speed. AUTO
appears in the display when
automatic operation is active. If any
of the climate control settings
except rear temperature are
manually adjusted, this cancels full
automatic operation.

Fan Control : Press up or down to
increase or decrease the rear
passenger area fan speed.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Press
up or down to change the direction
of the rear passenger airflow.
Repeatedly press the switch until
the desired mode appears on the
display. Multiple presses will cycle
through the delivery selections.

183

if equipped, may also come on.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 39 and
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats
0 67.
Sensors

Temperature Control : Press up or
down to increase or decrease the
airflow temperature into the rear
passenger area.
RCTRL : Press to lock or unlock
control of the rear climate control
system from the rear seat
passengers. When locked, the rear
climate control can only be adjusted
from the front seat.
Remote Start Climate Control
Operation
If equipped with the remote start
feature, the climate control system
will come on when the vehicle is
started remotely, depending on the
outside temperature. The rear
window defogger and heated seats,

The solar sensor monitors the solar
heat. Do not cover the solar sensor
or the system will not work properly.
There is also an exterior
temperature sensor behind the front
grille. This sensor reads the outside
air temperature and helps maintain
the temperature inside the vehicle.
Any cover on the front of the
vehicle, including a snowplow, could
cause a false reading in the
displayed temperature.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

184

Climate Controls
Automatic Operation

The climate control system uses the
information from these sensors to
maintain comfort settings by
adjusting the outlet temperature, fan
speed, and air delivery mode. The
system may also supply cooler air to
the side of the vehicle facing the
sun. The recirculation mode will also
be used as needed to maintain cool
outlet temperatures.

Rear Climate Control
System
The rear climate control system is
located on the rear of the center
console storage. The rear climate
settings can be adjusted with this
system.

AUTO : Press AUTO to
automatically control the
temperature, air delivery, and fan
speed for rear seat passengers. A is
indicated in the display when
automatic operation is active.

1. Fan Control
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode
Control)
4. TEMP (Temperature Control)
5. Heated Rear Seats (If
Equipped)
If the dual automatic climate control
system rear climate control lockout
feature is locked, the rear climate
control settings can only be
adjusted from the front seat.

If any of the rear climate control
settings are manually adjusted, full
automatic operation is cancelled.
Press AUTO to return to full
automatic operation.
The display only indicates climate
control functions when the system is
in rear independent mode.

Manual Operation

9 : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Turn
completely counterclockwise to turn
the fan/power off.
TEMP : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the airflow temperature
into the passenger area. If the
SYNC button is pressed on the front

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Climate Controls
climate controls, the rear climate
temperature is linked to the driver
temperature setting.
MODE : Press to change the
direction of the airflow in the vehicle.
Repeatedly press the button until
the desired mode appears on the
display. Multiple presses will cycle
through the delivery selections.

Air Vents
Adjustable air vents are in the
center and on the side of the
instrument panel.

M or L : If equipped, press M or L
to heat the left or right outboard seat
cushion. See Heated Rear Seats
0 69.

1. Slider Knob
2. Thumbwheel
Move the slider knobs (1) to change
the direction of the airflow.
Use the thumbwheels (2) near the
air vents to open or close off the
airflow.

185

Operation Tips
. Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from the air inlets at
the base of the windshield that
could block the flow of air into
the vehicle.
. Clear snow off the hood to
improve visibility and help
decrease moisture drawn into
the vehicle.
. When you enter a vehicle in cold
weather, press the fan up button
to the maximum fan level before
driving. This helps clear the
intake ducts of snow and
moisture, and reduces the
chance of fogging the inside of
the window.
. Keep the air path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.
. Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

186

Climate Controls

Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
and other airborne irritants from
outside air that is pulled into the
vehicle.

2. Disconnect the glove box door
damper string from the glove
box door assembly. A pen or
pencil may be inserted through
the end of the damper string to
prevent the string from slipping
inside the door assembly.

The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 370.
To find out what type of filter to use,
see Maintenance Replacement
Parts 0 380.

4. Release the two tabs holding
the service door. Open the
service door and remove the
old filter.
5. Install the new air filter.
6. Close the service door and
secure the tabs.
3. Remove the six screws and
remove the access plate.

7. Reverse the steps to reinstall
the glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.

1. Open the glove box completely.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Climate Controls

Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.

187

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

188

Driving and Operating

Driving and
Operating
Driving Information
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . .
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . .
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .

189
190
190
190
190
191
191
192
192
197
198
198
200
200

212
212
213
214
214
214

204

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 216
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

205
205
207
209
210

Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . .

Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . .
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . .
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Level Control . . . . . .

231
232
232
232

Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 235

Driver Assistance Systems

Engine Exhaust

Brakes

Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . .
Adjustable Throttle and Brake
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition Positions (Keyless
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition Positions (Key
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active Fuel Management . . . . .
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . .

227
228
228
229

Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Driver Assistance Systems . . . 242
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 243
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 250
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 252

Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . .
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

254
255
255
255

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .

259
259
262
267
273

Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Driving Information
Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
To avoid distracted driving, keep
your eyes on the road, keep your
hands on the steering wheel, and
focus your attention on driving.
. Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.

189

Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.

Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.

Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.

Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.

Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.

Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

190

Driving and Operating

Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
system and the navigation system,
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone.

Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 76.
. Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
. Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
. Focus on the task of driving.

{ Warning
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious — or even
fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.

Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.

Drunk Driving

Braking

Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.

Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.

Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
. Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
.

Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating

Steering

Curve Tips

Electric Power Steering

Take curves at a reasonable
speed.

Reduce speed before entering a
curve.

Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve.

Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.

This vehicle has electric power
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
is not required.
If power steering assist is lost due
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require
increased effort.
See your dealer if there is a
problem.
If the steering assist is used for an
extended period of time while the
vehicle is not moving, power assist
may be reduced.
If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel, and is
held in that position for an extended
period of time, power steering assist
may be reduced.
Normal use of the power steering
assist should return when the
system cools down.
See your dealer if there is a
problem.

191

Off-Road Recovery

Steering in Emergencies
.

There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
allows steering while braking.

The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

192

Driving and Operating

3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
.

Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
. Braking Skid — wheels are not
rolling.
. Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
. Acceleration Skid — too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
. Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.

Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.
Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.

Off-Road Driving
Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be
used for off-road driving. Vehicles
without four-wheel drive and

vehicles not equipped with All
Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR)
tires must not be driven off-road
except on a level, solid surface. For
contact information about the
original equipment tires, see the
warranty manual.
One of the best ways for successful
off-road driving is to control the
speed.

{ Warning
When driving off-road, bouncing
and quick changes in direction
can easily throw you out of
position. This could cause you to
lose control and crash. You and
your passengers should always
wear seat belts.

Before Driving Off-Road
.

Have all necessary maintenance
and service work completed.

Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,
and check inflation pressure in
all tires, including the spare,
if equipped.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
.

Read all the information about
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this
manual.

Remove any underbody air
deflector, if equipped. Re-attach
the air deflector after off-road
driving.

Loading the Vehicle for
Off-Road Driving

{ Warning
.

Know the local laws that apply to
off-road driving.

To gain more ground clearance if
needed, it may be necessary to
remove the front fascia lower air
dam, if equipped. However, driving
without the air dam reduces fuel
economy.

Caution
Operating the vehicle for
extended periods without the front
fascia lower air dam installed can
cause improper airflow to the
engine. Reattach the front fascia
air dam after off-road driving.

Unsecured cargo on the
load floor can be tossed
about when driving over
rough terrain. You or your
passengers can be struck
by flying objects. Secure the
cargo properly.
Keep cargo in the cargo
area as far forward and as
low as possible. The
heaviest things should be
on the floor, forward of the
rear axle.
Heavy loads on the roof
raise the vehicle's center of
gravity, making it more likely
to roll over. You can be
seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
heavy loads inside the
cargo area, not on the roof.

193

For more information about loading
the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits
0 200 and Tires 0 320.

Environmental Concerns
.

Always use established trails,
roads, and areas that have been
set aside for public off-road
recreational driving and obey all
posted regulations.

Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
trees, or grasses or disturb
wildlife.

Do not park over things that
burn. See Parking over Things
That Burn 0 214.

Driving on Hills
Driving safely on hills requires good
judgment and an understanding of
what the vehicle can and cannot do.

{ Warning
Many hills are simply too steep
for any vehicle. Driving up hills
can cause the vehicle to stall.
Driving down hills can cause loss
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

194

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)

{ Warning

Warning (Continued)

of control. Driving across hills can
cause a rollover. You could be
injured or killed. Do not drive on
steep hills.

Driving to the top of a hill at high
speed can cause an accident.
There could be a drop-off,
embankment, cliff, or even
another vehicle. You could be
seriously injured or killed. As you
near the top of a hill, slow down
and stay alert.

on the transfer case overrides the
transmission. You or someone
else could be injured. If leaving
the vehicle, set the parking brake
and shift the transmission to
P (Park). Shift the transfer case to
any position but N (Neutral).

Before driving on a hill, assess the
steepness, traction, and
obstructions. If the terrain ahead
cannot be seen, get out of the
vehicle and walk the hill before
driving further.
When driving on hills:
. Use a low gear and keep a firm
grip on the steering wheel.
. Maintain a slow speed.
.

When possible, drive straight up
or down the hill.

Slow down when approaching
the top of the hill.

Use headlamps even during the
day to make the vehicle more
visible.

.
.

Never go downhill forward or
backward with either the
transmission or transfer case in
N (Neutral). The brakes could
overheat and you could lose
control.

When driving down a hill, keep
the vehicle headed straight
down. Use a low gear because
the engine will work with the
brakes to slow the vehicle and
help keep the vehicle under
control.

{ Warning

If the vehicle has the two-speed
automatic or electronic transfer
case, shifting the transfer case to
N (Neutral) can cause your
vehicle to roll even if the
transmission is in P (Park). This is
because the N (Neutral) position
(Continued)

Heavy braking when going down
a hill can cause your brakes to
overheat and fade. This could
cause loss of control and you or
others could be injured or killed.
Apply the brakes lightly when
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
.

Warning (Continued)
descending a hill and use a low
gear to keep vehicle speed under
control.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
1. Apply the brakes to stop the
vehicle, and then apply the
parking brake.
2. Shift into P (Park) and then
restart the engine.
. If driving uphill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to
R (Reverse), release the
parking brake, and back
straight down.
. Never try to turn the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep
enough to stall the vehicle,
it is steep enough to cause
it to roll over.
. If you cannot make it up the
hill, back straight down
the hill.

Never back down a hill in
N (Neutral) using only the
brake. The vehicle can roll
backward quickly and you
could lose control.

downhill wheels, which could
cause a downhill slide or a
rollover.
.

Surface conditions can be a
problem. Loose gravel, muddy
spots, or even wet grass can
cause the tires to slip sideways,
downhill. If the vehicle slips
sideways, it can hit something
that will trip it — a rock, a rut,
etc. — and roll over.

Hidden obstacles can make the
steepness of the incline more
severe. If a rock is driven across
with the uphill wheels, or if the
downhill wheels drop into a rut
or depression, the vehicle can tilt
even more.

If an incline must be driven
across, and the vehicle starts to
slide, turn downhill. This should
help straighten out the vehicle
and prevent the side slipping.

If driving downhill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to a
lower gear, release the
parking brake, and drive
straight down the hill.

3. If the vehicle cannot be
restarted after stalling, set the
parking brake, shift into
P (Park), and turn the
vehicle off.
3.1. Leave the vehicle and
seek help.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
vehicle would take if it
rolled downhill.
.

Avoid turns that take the vehicle
across the incline of the hill.
A hill that can be driven straight
up or down might be too steep to
drive across. Driving across an
incline puts more weight on the

195

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

196

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
Getting out of the vehicle on the
downhill side when stopped
across an incline is dangerous.
If the vehicle rolls over, you could
be crushed or killed. Always get
out on the uphill side of the
vehicle and stay well clear of the
rollover path.

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
or Ice
Use a low gear when driving in
mud — the deeper the mud, the
lower the gear. Keep the vehicle
moving to avoid getting stuck.
Traction changes when driving on
sand. On loose sand, such as on
beaches or sand dunes, the tires
tend to sink into the sand. This
affects steering, accelerating, and
braking. Drive at a reduced speed
and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers.

Traction is reduced on hard packed
snow and ice and it is easy to lose
control. Reduce vehicle speed when
driving on hard packed snow
and ice.

Warning (Continued)
Traction could be lost, and the
vehicle could roll over. Do not
drive through rushing water.

{ Warning
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
conditions vary greatly and the
vehicle could fall through the ice;
you and your passengers could
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
surfaces only.

Driving in Water

{ Warning
Driving through rushing water can
be dangerous. Deep water can
sweep your vehicle downstream
and you and your passengers
could drown. If it is only shallow
water, it can still wash away the
ground from under your tires.
(Continued)

Caution
Do not drive through standing
water if it is deep enough to cover
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
pipe. Deep water can damage the
axle and other vehicle parts.
If the standing water is not too deep,
drive through it slowly. At faster
speeds, water can get into the
engine and cause it to stall. Stalling
can occur if the exhaust pipe is
under water. Do not turn off the
ignition when driving through water.
If the exhaust pipe is under water,
the engine will not start. When going
through water, the brakes get wet
and it may take longer to stop. See
“Driving on Wet Roads” later in this
section.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush or debris that
has collected on the underbody or
chassis, or under the hood. These
accumulations can be a fire hazard.
After operation in mud or sand,
have the brake linings cleaned and
checked. These substances can
cause glazing and uneven braking.
Check the body structure, driveline,
steering, suspension, wheels, tires,
and exhaust system for damage and
check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.
More frequent maintenance service
is required. See the Maintenance
Schedule 0 370.

Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.

Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is

197

wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
. Allow extra following distance.
.

Pass with caution.

Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.

Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.

Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 320.

Turn off cruise control.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

198

Driving and Operating

Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
. Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
. Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.

{ Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering assist. Always
have the engine running and the
vehicle in gear.
.

Drive at speeds that keep the
vehicle in its own lane. Do not
swing wide or cross the
center line.

Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(e.g., stalled car, accident).

Pay attention to special road
signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
winding roads, long grades,
passing or no-passing zones)
and take appropriate action.

{ Warning
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.

Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving:
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating
too quickly causes the wheels to
spin and makes the surface
under the tires slick.
. Turn on Traction Control. See
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 229.
. The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) improves vehicle stability
during hard stops, but the
brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 227.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
.

Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an
overpass can remain icy when
the surrounding roads are clear.
Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 390. To get
help and keep everyone in the
vehicle safe:
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.

{ Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO), which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
. Clear snow from the base of
the vehicle, especially any
blocking the exhaust pipe.
. Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the vehicle side
that is away from the wind,
to bring in fresh air.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to circulate the air
inside the vehicle and set
(Continued)

199

Warning (Continued)
the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate
Control Systems.”
For more information about CO,
see Engine Exhaust 0 215.
To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle
and then shut the engine off and
partially close the window. Moving
about to keep warm also helps.
If it takes time for help to arrive,
when running the engine, push the
accelerator pedal slightly so the
engine runs faster than the idle
speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle and to
signal for help with the headlamps.
Do this as little as possible, to
save fuel.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

200

Driving and Operating

If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 229.

{ Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
system. Shift back and forth

between R (Reverse) and a low
forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle 0 355.

Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
show how much weight it was

designed to carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.

{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance,
damage the tires, and shorten
the life of the vehicle.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Tire and Loading Information
Label

Label Example

A vehicle specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the center pillar
(B-pillar). The tire and loading
information label shows the
number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
size of the original equipment

tires (3) and the recommended
cold tire inflation pressures (4).
For more information on tires
and inflation see Tires 0 320
and Tire Pressure 0 327.
There is also important loading
information on the vehicle
Certification/Tire label. It may
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
the front and rear axles. See
“Certification/Tire Label” later in
this section.
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined

weight of the driver and
passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.

201

3. Subtract the combined

weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals

the available amount of
cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the
"XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined

weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing

a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

202

Driving and Operating
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”

3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs)

See Trailer Towing 0 262 for
important information on towing a
trailer, towing safety rules, and
trailering tips.

Example 3

Example 2

Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =
136 kg (300 lbs)

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =
136 kg (750 lbs)
3. Available Cargo Weight =
113 kg (250 lbs)

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =
453 kg (1,000 lbs)
3. Available Cargo Weight =
0 kg (0 lbs)

Refer to the vehicle's tire and
loading information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.

(GVWR). The GVWR includes
the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel, and cargo.

Certification/Tire Label

The Certification/Tire label also
may show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR). To find out the actual
loads on the front and rear
axles, weigh the vehicle at a
weigh station. Your dealer can
help with this. Be sure to spread
your load equally on both sides
of the centerline.

A vehicle specific Certification/
Tire label is attached to the
center pillar (B-pillar). The label
may shows the size of the
vehicle's original tires and the
inflation pressures needed to
obtain the gross weight capacity
of the vehicle. This is called
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

The Certification/Tire label may
also include information about
the Front Axle Reserve
Capacity.

{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
(Continued)

203

Warning (Continued)
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance,
damage the tires, and shorten
the life of the vehicle.

Caution
Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.

The label will help decide how
much cargo and installed
equipment the truck can carry.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

204

Driving and Operating

Using heavier suspension
components to get added
durability might not change the
weight ratings. Ask your dealer
to help load the vehicle the
right way.

{ Warning
Things you put inside the
vehicle can strike and injure
people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash.
.

Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. Try to
spread the weight evenly.

Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.

Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
.

When you carry
something inside the
vehicle, secure it
whenever you can.
Do not leave a seat
folded down unless you
need to.

There is also important loading
information for off-road driving in
this manual. See “Loading Your
Vehicle for Off-Road Driving”
under Off-Road Driving 0 192.

Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if
you follow these guidelines:
. Keep the vehicle speed at
88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
the first 805 km (500 mi).
. Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating

205

Ignition Positions
(Keyless Access)

Caution (Continued)
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
.

Do not tow a trailer during
break-in. See Trailer Towing
0 262 for the trailer towing
capabilities of the vehicle
and more information.

Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.

Adjustable Throttle and
Brake Pedal
If equipped, the position of the
throttle and brake pedals can be
changed.
The pedals can only be adjusted
when the vehicle is in P (Park).

The switch used to adjust the
pedals is to the left of the steering
wheel.
Press the switch to the left to move
the pedals closer to your body.
Press the switch to the right to move
the pedals away.
Before you start driving, fully press
the brake pedal to confirm the
adjustment is right for you.
The vehicle may have a memory
function, which lets pedal settings
be saved and recalled. See Memory
Seats 0 64.

Vehicles equipped with Keyless
Access have pushbutton starting.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter must be in the vehicle for
the system to operate. If the
pushbutton start is not working, the
vehicle may be near a strong radio
antenna signal causing interference
to the Keyless Access system.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 33.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

206

Driving and Operating

To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY, and the brake pedal
must be applied.
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/
OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When
the vehicle is stopped, press
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn
the engine off.
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the
ignition will turn off, and Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 212.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the
ignition will return to ACC/
ACCESSORY and display the
message SHIFT TO PARK in the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
When the vehicle is shifted into
P (Park), the ignition system will
turn off.
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.

The vehicle may have an electric
steering column lock. The lock is
activated when the ignition is turned
off and either front door is opened.
A sound may be heard as the lock
actuates or releases. The steering
column lock may not release with
the wheels turned off center. If this
happens, the vehicle may not start.
Move the steering wheel from left to
right while attempting to start the
vehicle. If this does not work, the
vehicle needs service.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:

automatic transmission, the
shift lever must be in P (Park)
to turn the ignition off.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 228.

{ Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.

1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving,
press and hold ENGINE START/
STOP for longer than two seconds,
or press twice in five seconds.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.

ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
Indicator Light) : This mode allows
some electrical accessories to be
used when the engine is off.

3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the
ignition off. On vehicles with an

With the ignition off, pressing the
button one time without the brake
pedal applied will place the ignition
system in ACC/ACCESSORY.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
The ignition will switch from ACC/
ACCESSORY to off after
five minutes to prevent battery
rundown.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Light) : This mode is for driving and
starting. With the ignition off, and
the brake pedal applied, pressing
the button once will turn the ignition
on. Once engine cranking begins,
release the button. Engine cranking
will continue until the engine starts.
See Starting the Engine 0 209.

to be driven. The engine will not
start in Service Mode. Press the
button again to turn the ignition off.

Ignition Positions (Key
Access)

OFF to turn the engine off. Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 212.
This position locks the ignition and
steering wheel. It also locks the
transmission on automatic
transmission vehicles. The key can
be removed in LOCK/OFF.
The steering can bind with the
wheels turned off center. If this
happens, move the steering wheel
from right to left while turning the
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this
does not work, then the vehicle
needs service.

Service Mode
This power mode is available for
service and diagnostics, and to
verify the proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp as may
be required for emission inspection
purposes. With the vehicle off, and
the brake pedal not applied,
pressing and holding the button for
more than five seconds will place
the vehicle in Service Mode. The
instruments and audio systems will
operate as they do when the ignition
is on, but the vehicle will not be able

207

Vehicles with Key Access have an
ignition switch with four different
positions.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY
and the regular brake pedal must be
applied.
0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/
OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/

Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

208

Driving and Operating

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the
ignition to LOCK/OFF. On
vehicles with an automatic
transmission, the shift lever
must be in P (Park) to turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK/
OFF position.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 228.

{ Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving,
turn the ignition to ACC/
ACCESSORY.

Caution
Using a tool to force the key to
turn in the ignition could cause
damage to the switch or break the
key. Use the correct key, make
sure it is all the way in, and turn it
only with your hand. If the key
cannot be turned by hand, see
your dealer.
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This
position lets things like the radio
and the windshield wipers operate
while the engine is off. It also
unlocks the steering wheel. Use this
position if the vehicle must be
pushed or towed.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
instrument cluster warning and
indicator lights. This position can
also be used for service and

diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp as may be required
for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
when the engine is running. The
transmission is also unlocked in this
position on automatic transmission
vehicles.
If the key is left in the ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position
with the engine off, the battery could
be drained. The vehicle may not
start if the battery is allowed to drain
for an extended period of time.
3 (START) : This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine
starts, release the key. The ignition
switch returns to ON/RUN for
driving.
A warning tone will sound when the
driver door is opened and the
ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or
LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the
ignition.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating

Starting the Engine
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not start
in any other position. To restart the
engine when the vehicle is already
moving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.

Caution
If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
0 274.

Starting Procedure (Key
Access)
1. With your foot off the
accelerator pedal, turn the
ignition key to START. When
the engine starts, let go of the
key. The idle speed will go
down as the engine gets warm.
Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and
transmission gently to allow the
oil to warm up and lubricate all
moving parts.
When the low fuel warning
lamp is on and the FUEL
LEVEL LOW message is
displayed in the Driver
Information Center (DIC), hold
the ignition switch in the
START position to continue
engine cranking.

Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the
ignition to the START position
(Continued)

209

Caution (Continued)
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there
while holding the key in START
for up to 15 seconds. Wait at
least 15 seconds between each
try, to allow the cranking motor
to cool down. When the engine
starts, let go of the key and
accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do
the same thing. This clears the
extra gasoline from the engine.
Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

210

Driving and Operating
Operate the engine and
transmission gently until the oil
warms up and lubricates all
moving parts.

Starting Procedure (Keyless
Access)
1. With the Keyless Access
system, the RKE transmitter
must be in the vehicle. Press
ENGINE START/STOP with the
brake pedal applied. When the
engine begins cranking, let go
of the button.
The idle speed will go down as
the engine gets warm. Do not
race the engine immediately
after starting it.
If the RKE transmitter is not in
the vehicle, if there is
interference, or if the RKE
battery is low, the Driver
Information Center (DIC) will
display a message.

Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the
ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there as
you press ENGINE START/
STOP, for up to a maximum of
15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try,
to allow the cranking motor to
cool down. When the engine
starts, let go of the button, and
the accelerator. If the vehicle
starts briefly but then stops

again, do the same thing. This
clears the extra gasoline from
the engine. Do not race the
engine immediately after
starting it. Operate the engine
and transmission gently until
the oil warms up and lubricates
all moving parts.

Engine Heater

{ Warning
Do not plug in the engine block
heater while the vehicle is parked
in a garage or under a carport.
Property damage or personal
injury may result. Always park the
vehicle in a clear open area away
from buildings or structures.
If equipped, the engine heater can
provide easier starting and better
fuel economy during engine
warm-up in cold weather conditions
at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles
with an engine heater should be
plugged in at least four hours before
starting. There may be an internal

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
thermostat in the plug end of the
cord, which will prevent engine
heater operation at temperatures
above −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. The cord is by
the left front fender, next to the
engine compartment fuse
block.
Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do
not use it. See your dealer for
a replacement. Inspect the
cord for damage yearly.
3. Plug the cord into a normal,
grounded 110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning
Improper use of the heater cord
or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
. Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded
outlet could cause an
electric shock.
. Use a weatherproof,
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
extension cord if needed.
Failure to use the
recommended extension
cord in good operating
condition, or using a
damaged heater or
extension cord, could make
(Continued)

211

Warning (Continued)
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric
shock, and injury.
.

Do not operate the vehicle
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the
vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat
damage could occur.

While in use, do not let the
heater cord touch vehicle
parts or sharp edges. Never
close the hood on the
heater cord.

Before starting the vehicle,
unplug the cord, reattach
the cover to the plug, and
securely fasten the cord.
Keep the cord away from
any moving parts.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

212

Driving and Operating

4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it
away from moving engine
parts. If you do not, it could be
damaged.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
Some vehicle accessories may be
used after the ignition is turned off.
The power windows and sunroof,
if equipped, will continue to work for
up to 10 minutes or until any door is
opened.
The infotainment system will
continue to work for 10 minutes,
until the driver door is opened,
or until the ignition is turned on or
placed in ACC/ACCESSORY.

Shifting Into Park

{ Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of
the vehicle if the shift lever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking
brake firmly set. The vehicle can
roll. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
not move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. If the vehicle has a
four-wheel-drive transfer case
with a N (Neutral) position, and
the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
the vehicle will be free to roll,
even if the shift lever is in
P (Park). Be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear. If towing a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 259.
1. Hold the brake pedal down,
then set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 228.

2. Move the shift lever into the
P (Park) position by pulling the
shift lever toward you and
moving it up as far as it will go.
3. Be sure the transfer case is in
a drive gear – not in
N (Neutral).
4. Turn the ignition off.

Leaving the Vehicle with the
Engine Running

{ Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
The vehicle could move suddenly
if the shift lever is not fully in
P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set.
If you have four-wheel drive and
the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
the vehicle will be free to roll,
even if the shift lever is in
P (Park). So be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear – not in
N (Neutral).
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
And, if you leave the vehicle with
the engine running, it could
overheat and even catch fire. You
or others could be injured. Do not
leave the vehicle with the engine
running unless you have to.
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. After you move the shift
lever into P (Park), hold the regular
brake pedal down. Then, see if you
can move the shift lever away from
P (Park) without first pulling it toward
you. If you can, it means that the
shift lever was not fully locked into
P (Park).

Torque Lock
If you are parking on a hill and you
do not shift the transmission into
P (Park) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. You may find it difficult

to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
This is called torque lock. To
prevent torque lock, set the parking
brake and then shift into P (Park)
properly before you leave the
driver seat.
When you are ready to drive, move
the shift lever out of P (Park) before
you release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may
need to have another vehicle push
yours a little uphill to take some of
the pressure from the parking pawl
in the transmission. You will then be
able to pull the shift lever out of
P (Park).

Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic shift lock release system.
The shift lock release system is
designed to prevent movement of
the shift lever out of P (Park), unless
the ignition is on and the brake
pedal is applied.
The shift lock release is always
functional except in the case of an
uncharged or low voltage (less than
9 volt) battery.

213

If the vehicle has an uncharged
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting - North
America 0 351.
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park):
1. Ease the pressure on the shift
lever.
2. While holding down the brake
pedal, push the shift lever all
the way into P (Park).
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you are still having a problem
shifting, then have the vehicle
serviced soon.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

214

Driving and Operating

Parking over Things
That Burn

{ Warning
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.

Active Fuel Management
Vehicles with V8 engines may have
Active Fuel Management. This
system allows the engine to operate
on either all or half of its cylinders,
depending on the driving conditions.
When less power is required, such
as cruising at a constant vehicle
speed, the system will operate in
the half cylinder mode, allowing the
vehicle to achieve better fuel
economy. When greater power
demands are required, such as
accelerating from a stop, passing,
or merging onto a freeway, the
system will maintain full-cylinder
operation.

If the vehicle has an Active Fuel
Management indicator, see Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 151 for
more information on using this
display.

Automatic Transmission
The timer will reset if the vehicle is
shifted out of P (Park) while it is
running.
Manual Transmission

Extended Parking
It is better not to park with the
vehicle running. If the vehicle is left
while running, follow the proper
steps to be sure the vehicle will not
move and there is adequate
ventilation.
See Shifting Into Park 0 212 and
Engine Exhaust 0 215.
For vehicles with pushbutton start,
if the vehicle is left parked while
running and the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter is outside
the vehicle, the vehicle will turn off
after one hour.
If the vehicle is left parked while
running and the RKE transmitter is
inside, the vehicle will turn off after
two hours.
Vehicles without pushbutton start
will run indefinitely, or until the
ignition is turned off.

The timer will reset if the vehicle
speed is greater than 4 km/h
(2.5 mph).

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO), which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation
(parking garages, tunnels,
deep snow that may block
underbody airflow or tail
pipes).
. The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
. The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
.

There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
. Drive it only with the
windows completely down.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.

215

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park 0 212 and
Engine Exhaust 0 215.
If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 259.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

216

Driving and Operating

Automatic
Transmission
If equipped, there is an electronic
shift lever position indicator within
the instrument cluster. This display
comes on when the ignition is
turned on.
There are several different positions
for the shift lever.

See “Range Selection Mode” under
Manual Mode 0 218.
P : This position locks the drive
wheels. Use P (Park) when starting
the engine because the vehicle
cannot move easily. When parked
on a hill, especially when the
vehicle has a heavy load, you might
notice an increase in the effort to
shift out of P (Park). See “Torque
Lock” under Shifting Into Park
0 212.

{ Warning

Warning (Continued)

It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.

So, be sure the transfer case is in
a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive
High or Four-Wheel Drive High or
Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in
N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park
0 212.

Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 212 and
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 259.

{ Warning
If you have four-wheel drive, the
vehicle will be free to roll — even
if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if
the transfer case is in N (Neutral).
(Continued)

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 200.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
N : In this position, the engine does
not connect with the wheels. To
restart the engine when the vehicle
is already moving, use
N (Neutral) only.

{ Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.

Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.

Caution
A transmission hot message may
display if the automatic
transmission fluid is too hot.
Driving under this condition can
damage the vehicle. Stop and idle
the engine to cool the automatic
transmission fluid. This message
clears when the transmission fluid
has cooled sufficiently.
D : This position is for normal
driving. If more power is needed for
passing, press the accelerator
pedal down.
Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode
when towing a trailer, carrying a
heavy load, driving on steep hills,
or driving off-road. Shift the
transmission to a lower gear
selection if the transmission shifts
too often.
Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result
in skidding. See “Skidding” under
Loss of Control 0 192.

217

The vehicle has a shift stabilization
feature that adjusts the transmission
shifting to the current driving
conditions in order to reduce rapid
upshifts and downshifts. This shift
stabilization feature is designed to
determine, before making an
upshift, if the engine is able to
maintain vehicle speed by analyzing
things such as vehicle speed,
throttle position, and vehicle load.
If the shift stabilization feature
determines that a current vehicle
speed cannot be maintained, the
transmission does not upshift and
instead holds the current gear.
In some cases, this could appear to
be a delayed shift, however the
transmission is operating normally.
The transmission uses adaptive
shift controls. The adaptive shift
control process continually
compares key shift parameters to
pre-programmed ideal shifts stored
in the transmission’s computer. The
transmission constantly makes
adjustments to improve vehicle
performance according to how the
vehicle is being used, such as with
a heavy load or when the

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

218

Driving and Operating

temperature changes. During this
adaptive shift control process,
shifting might feel different as the
transmission determines the best
settings.
When temperatures are very cold,
the transmission's gear shifting
could be delayed providing more
stable shifts until the engine warms
up. Shifts could be more noticeable
with a cold transmission. This
difference in shifting is normal.
L : This position allows selection of
a range of gears appropriate for
current driving conditions.
If equipped, see “Range Selection
Mode” under Manual Mode 0 218.

Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle
is stuck, do not spin the tires.
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
When stopping on a hill, use the
brakes to hold the vehicle in
place.

Normal Mode Grade Braking
This mode is enabled when the
vehicle is started, but is not enabled
in Range Selection Mode. It assists
in maintaining desired vehicle
speeds when driving on downhill
grades by using the engine and
transmission to slow the vehicle.
The first time the system engages
for each ignition cycle, a DIC
message will be displayed.
To disable or enable Normal Mode
Grade Braking within the current
ignition cycle, press and hold the
Tow/Haul button for five seconds.
When the button is released, the
requested mode change is made.
A DIC message displays.
For other forms of grade braking,
see Tow/Haul Mode 0 222 and
Cruise Control 0 233.

Kickdown Mode
The accelerator pedal provides an
additional downshift after pressing
through the kickdown feature.
It requires extra pedal pressure near
the end of its travel to engage.

Manual Mode
Range Selection Mode

If equipped, Range Selection Mode
helps control the vehicle's
transmission and vehicle speed
while driving downhill or towing a
trailer by letting you select a desired
range of gears.
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to
L (Manual Mode).

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
2. Press the plus/minus buttons
on the shift lever to select the
desired range of gears for
current driving conditions.
Hold the plus/minus buttons on the
shift lever to select the highest or
lowest range available for the
current vehicle speed.
When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
number displays next to the L,
indicating the current transmission
range.
This number is the highest gear that
the transmission will command while
operating in L (Manual Mode). All
gears below that number are
available. As driving conditions
change, the transmission can
automatically shift to lower gears.
For example, when 5 (Fifth) is
selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth)
gears are automatically shifted by
the transmission, but 6 (Sixth)
cannot be used until the plus/minus
button on the shift lever is used to
change to the range.

When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
downshift may occur. The gear that
the transmission is operating in
when the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
determines if a downshift occurs.
See the following chart.

219

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

220

Driving and Operating

6 Speed Transmission
Gear before shifting from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)

6th

5th

4th

3rd

2nd

1st

Range after shifting from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)

Low Traction Mode
Low Traction Mode assists in
vehicle acceleration when road
conditions are slippery, such as with
ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a
stop, select L2 using Range
Selection Mode. This will limit
torque to the wheels and help to
prevent the tires from spinning.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
10 Speed Transmission
Gear before shifting from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)

10th

9th

8th

7th

6th

5th

4th

3rd

2nd

1st

Range after shifting from
D (Drive) to L (Manual
Mode) - Tow/Haul not engaged

Range after shifting from
D (Drive) to L (Manual
Mode) - Tow/Haul engaged

Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 222.
While using Range Selection Mode,
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.

Caution (Continued)
is stuck, do not spin the tires.
When stopping on a hill, use the
brakes to hold the vehicle in
place.

221

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

222

Driving and Operating

Tow/Haul Mode

See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 146 and
Hill and Mountain Roads 0 198.

Drive Systems

Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under
Towing Equipment 0 267.

Four-Wheel Drive

Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking

The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the
transmission shift pattern to reduce
shift cycling. This provides
increased performance, vehicle
control, and enhanced transmission
and engine cooling when driving
down steep hills or mountain
grades, towing, or hauling heavy
loads.
The selector button is on the end of
the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul
Mode on and off by pressing the
button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is
enabled, a light on the instrument
cluster will come on.

Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is
only enabled while the Tow/Haul
Mode is selected and the vehicle is
not in the Range Selection Mode.
See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed
previously and Manual Mode 0 218.
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking
assists in maintaining desired
vehicle speeds when driving on
downhill grades by using the engine
and transmission to slow the
vehicle.
To disable or enable Tow/Haul
Grade Braking within the current
ignition cycle, press and hold the
Tow/Haul button for five seconds.
When the button is released, the
requested mode change is made.
A DIC message is displayed.
See Towing Equipment 0 267.
For other forms of grade braking,
see Automatic Transmission 0 216
and Cruise Control 0 233.

If equipped, four-wheel drive
engages the front axle for extra
traction.

Caution
Do not drive on clean, dry
pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if
equipped) for an extended period
of time. These conditions may
cause premature wear on the
vehicle’s powertrain.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4

m or 4 n may:
.

Cause a vibration to be felt in
the steering system.

Cause tires to wear faster.

Make the transfer case harder to
shift, and cause it to run noisier.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating

{ Warning

Two Speed Automatic
Transfer Case

Shifting the transfer case to
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or someone else
could be seriously injured. Be
sure to set the parking brake
before placing the transfer case in
N (Neutral). See Parking Brake
0 228.

223

The indicator mark on the switch
must line up with the indicator light
before a shift can be commanded.
To command a shift rotate the
transfer case switch to the new
desired position. The light will blink
meaning that the shift is in progress.
When the shift is completed the new
position will be illuminated. If the
transfer case cannot complete a
shift command, it will go back to its
last chosen setting.
The settings are:

Caution
Extended high-speed operation in
4 n may damage or shorten the
life of the drivetrain.
Engagement noise and bump when
shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from
N (Neutral), with the engine running,
is normal.
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction
Control and StabiliTrak off. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 229.

If equipped, use the transfer case
knob next to the steering wheel to
shift into and out of four-wheel drive.
All of the lights will blink on then off
momentarily when the ignition
turned on. The light that remains on
will indicate the state of the
transfer case.
If the indicator mark on the switch
does not match up with the light
then that likely means the switch
was moved when the ignition
was off.

N (Neutral) : Use only when the
vehicle needs to be towed.
See Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 355 or Towing the Vehicle 0 355.
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
for driving on most streets and
highways. The front axle is not
engaged. This setting provides the
best fuel economy.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
Drive) : Use when road surface
traction conditions are variable.
When driving in AUTO, the front
axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
power is sent to the front and rear
wheels automatically based on

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

224

Driving and Operating

driving conditions. This setting
provides slightly lower fuel economy
than 2 m.
Do not use AUTO mode,
if equipped, to park on a steep
grade with poor traction such as ice,
snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO
mode only the rear wheels will hold
the vehicle from sliding when
parked. If parking on a steep grade,
use 4 m to keep all four wheels
engaged.
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
this position when extra traction is
needed, such as when driving on
snowy or icy roads, when
off-roading, or when plowing snow.
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
setting engages the front axle and
delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n
when driving off-road in deep sand,
deep mud, or deep snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills.
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction
Control and StabiliTrak off. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 229.

Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO
position at any speed, except from 4
n. The indicator light will flash while
shifting and will remain on when the
shift is completed.
Shifting Into 2

Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,
except when shifting from 4 n. The
indicator light will flash while shifting
and will remain on when the shift is
completed.
Shifting Into 4

When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle
speed below 72 km/h (45 mph).
To shift:
1. The ignition must be on and
the vehicle must be stopped or
moving less than
5 km/h (3 mph) with the
transmission in N (Neutral). It is
best for the vehicle to be
moving
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).

2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for
the 4 n indicator light to stop
flashing before shifting the
transmission into gear.

Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear
before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped
flashing could damage the
transfer case.
If the transmission is in gear and/or
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
the 4 n indicator light will flash for
30 seconds and not complete the
shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob
to 4 m to display the indicator. With
the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph), and the transmission in
N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Shifting Out of 4

To shift:
1. The vehicle must be stopped or
moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph) with the transmission
in N (Neutral) and the ignition
on. It is best for the vehicle to
be moving
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO,
or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO,
or 2 m indicator light to stop
flashing before shifting the
transmission into gear.

complete the shift. With the vehicle
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph),
and the transmission in N (Neutral),
attempt the shift again.
Shifting Into N (Neutral)
To shift into N (Neutral):
1. Park the vehicle on a level
surface.
2. Set the parking brake and
press and hold the brake
pedal. See Parking Brake
0 228.
3. Start the vehicle or turn the
ignition on.
4. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.
6. Turn the transfer case knob
clockwise to N (Neutral) until it
stops and hold it there until the
N (Neutral) light starts blinking.
This will take at least
10 seconds. Then slowly
release the knob to the 4 n
position. The N (Neutral) light

225

will come on when the transfer
case shift to N (Neutral) is
complete.
7. With the engine running, verify
that the transfer case is in
N (Neutral) by shifting the
transmission to R (Reverse),
then shift the transmission to
D (Drive). There should be no
movement of the vehicle while
shifting the transmission.
8. Turn the engine off, and the
ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
9. Place the transmission shift
lever in P (Park). See
Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 355.
10. Turn the ignition off.
Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
To shift out of N (Neutral):
1. Set the parking brake and
apply the brake pedal.
2. Turn the ignition on with the
engine off.
3. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

226

Driving and Operating

4. Turn the transfer case knob to
the desired setting.
After the transfer case has
shifted out of N (Neutral), the
N (Neutral) light will go out.
5. Release the parking brake.
6. Start the engine and shift the
transmission to the
desired gear.

Single Speed Automatic
Transfer Case

All of the lights will blink on then off
momentarily when the ignition is
turned on. The light that remains on
will indicate the state of the
transfer case.
If the indicator mark on the switch
does not match up with the light
then that likely means the switch
was moved when the ignition
was off.
The indicator mark on the switch
must line up with the indicator light
before a shift can be commanded.
To command a shift rotate the
transfer case switch to the new
desired position. The light will blink
meaning that the shift is in progress.
When the shift is completed the new
position will be illuminated. If the
transfer case can not complete a
shift command, it will go back to its
last chosen setting.
The settings are:

Use the transfer case knob, next to
the steering wheel, to shift into and
out of four-wheel drive for extra
traction.

2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
for driving on most streets and
highways. The front axle is not
engaged. This setting provides the
best fuel economy.

AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
Drive) : Use when road surface
traction conditions are variable.
When driving in AUTO, the front
axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
power is sent to the front and rear
wheels automatically based on
driving conditions. This setting
provides slightly lower fuel economy
than 2 m.
Do not use AUTO mode to park on
a steep grade with poor traction
such as ice, snow, mud, or gravel.
In AUTO mode only rear wheels will
hold the vehicle from sliding when
parked. If parking on a steep grade,
use 4 m to keep all four wheels
engaged.
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
this position when extra traction is
needed, such as when driving on
snowy or icy roads, when
off-roading, or when plowing snow.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO
position. This can be done at any
speed. The indicator light will flash
while shifting. It will remain on when
the shift is completed.
Shifting Into 2

Turn the knob to the 2 m position.
This can be done at any speed. The
indicator light will flash while
shifting. It will remain on when the
shift is completed.

Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
System (ABS), an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
may be heard while this test is going
on, and it may even be noticed that
the brake pedal moves a little. This
is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
0 145.

227

If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses the wheels are
slowing down. If one of the wheels
is about to stop rolling, the computer
will separately work the brakes at
each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

228

Driving and Operating

Using ABS

Parking Brake

Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
normal.

Caution
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.

Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.
Set the parking brake by holding the
regular brake pedal down, then
pushing down the parking brake
pedal.
If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light will come on.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 145.

To release the parking brake, hold
the regular brake pedal down, then
push down momentarily on the
parking brake pedal until you feel
the pedal release. Slowly pull your
foot up off the parking brake pedal.
If the parking brake is not released
when you begin to drive, a DIC
message will appear and a chime
will sound warning you that the
parking brake is still on.

Brake Assist
The Brake Assist feature is
designed to assist the driver in
stopping or decreasing vehicle
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the
stability system hydraulic brake

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
control module to supplement the
power brake system under
conditions where the driver has
quickly and forcefully applied the
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake
control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the
vehicle until the ABS activates.
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the driver should
continue to apply the brake pedal as
the driving situation dictates. The
Brake Assist feature will
automatically disengage when the
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a Hill
Start Assist (HSA) feature, which
may be useful when the vehicle is
stopped on a grade. This feature is
designed to prevent the vehicle from
rolling, either forward or rearward,
during vehicle drive off. After the
driver completely stops and holds

the vehicle in a complete standstill
on a grade, HSA will be
automatically activated. During the
transition period between when the
driver releases the brake pedal and
starts to accelerate to drive off on a
grade, HSA holds the braking
pressure for a maximum of
two seconds to ensure that there is
no rolling. The brakes will
automatically release when the
accelerator pedal is applied within
the two-second window. If the
vehicle is equipped with the
Integrated Trailer Brake Control
(ITBC) system, HSA may also apply
the trailer brakes. It will not activate
if the vehicle is in a drive gear and
facing downhill or if the vehicle is
facing uphill and in R (Reverse).
There may be situations on minor
hills (less than 5% grade) with a
loaded vehicle or while pulling a
trailer where HSA may activate.

229

Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an
electronic stability control system.
These systems help limit wheel spin
and assist the driver in maintaining
control, especially on slippery road
conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any
of the drive wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction. When this
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin.
StabiliTrak activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

230

Driving and Operating

intended path. Trailer Sway Control
(TSC) is also on automatically when
the vehicle is started. See Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) 0 273.
If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak begins
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be
turned back on when road
conditions allow.
Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both
systems on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 200
and “Turning the Systems Off and
On” later in this section.
When the transfer case is in
Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability
system is automatically disabled, g

comes on, and the appropriate
message will appear on the DIC.
Both traction control and StabiliTrak
are automatically disabled in this
condition.

maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly.
If

d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.

The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
light will:
. Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is
activated.
. Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and
d comes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in

Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer.

Turning the Systems Off
and On

The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
is on the instrument panel to the left
of the steering wheel.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
again, press and release g. The
traction off light i and the
StabiliTrak OFF light g in the
instrument cluster turn off.
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
(35 mph). Traction control will
remain off.

To turn off only TCS, press and
release g. The traction off light i
displays in the instrument cluster.
The appropriate message will
display in the DIC. To turn TCS on
again, press and release g. The
traction off light i displayed in the
instrument cluster will turn off.

The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) feature and a Hill
Start Assist (HSA) feature.
See Trailer Sway Control (TSC)
0 273 or Hill Start Assist (HSA)
0 229.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g
is pressed, the system will not turn
off until the wheels stop spinning.

Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 278.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
press and hold g until the traction
off light i and the StabiliTrak OFF
light g come on and stay on in the
instrument cluster, then release. The
appropriate message will display in
the DIC.

Hill Descent
Control (HDC)
If equipped, Hill Descent Control
(HDC) sets and maintains vehicle
speed while driving down steep

231

grades in a forward or reverse gear.
The HDC switch is on the center
stack, below the climate controls.
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC.
Vehicle speed must be below
50 km/h (31 mph).

When enabled, the HDC light
displays on the instrument cluster.
A blinking HDC light indicates the
system is actively applying the
brakes to maintain vehicle speed.
HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
between 1 and 30 km/h (1 and
19 mph) on grades greater than or
equal to 10%.
If HDC is to be used for more than
three minutes or on grades steeper
than 25%, the transfer case should
be put into Four-Wheel Drive Low
(4 n) to reduce the possibility of
brake overheating.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

232

Driving and Operating

Noise from the hydraulic brake
control module is normal when HDC
is active.
When HDC is activated, the initial
HDC speed is set to the current
driving speed. It can be increased or
decreased by pressing +RES or
SET- on the steering wheel, or by
applying the accelerator or brake
pedal. This adjusted speed
becomes the new set speed.
HDC will remain enabled between
30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph);
however, vehicle speed cannot be
set or maintained in this range. HDC
will automatically disable if the
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
(50 mph) or above 60 km/h
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds.

5 must be pressed again to
re-enable HDC. HDC may disable
after an extended period of use.
If this happens, HDC will require
time to cool down. The length of
time HDC remains active depends
on road conditions, grade, set
speed, vehicle loading, and outside
temperature.

When enabled, if the vehicle speed
is above 30 km/h (19 mph) and
below 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC
message will display.

Magnetic Ride Control
This vehicle may have a semi-active
damping system called Magnetic
Ride Control. With this feature,
improved vehicle ride and handling
is provided under a variety of
passenger and loading conditions.
Magnetic Ride Control is fully
automatic and uses a computer
controller to continuously monitor
vehicle speed, wheel to body
position, lift/dive, and steering
position of the vehicle. The
controller then sends signals to
each shock absorber to
independently adjust the damping
level to provide the optimum
vehicle ride.
Magnetic Ride Control also interacts
with the Tow/Haul Mode that, when
activated, will provide additional
control of the shock absorbers. This
additional control results in better
ride and handling characteristics

when the vehicle is loaded or towing
a trailer. See “Tow/Haul Mode”
under Towing Equipment 0 267.

Locking Rear Axle
Vehicles with a locking rear axle can
give more traction on snow, mud,
ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a
standard axle most of the time, but
when traction is low, this feature will
allow the rear wheel with the most
traction to move the vehicle.

Automatic Level Control
The Automatic Level Control (ALC)
rear suspension is available on
light-duty vehicles and comes as a
part of the Magnetic Ride Control
suspension, if equipped. ALC may
also be available as a stand alone
feature.
This type of level control is fully
automatic and will provide a better
leveled riding position as well as
better handling under a variety of
passenger and loading conditions.
An air compressor connected to the
rear shocks will raise or lower the
rear of the vehicle to maintain

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
proper vehicle height. The system is
activated when the ignition key is
turned on and will automatically
adjust vehicle height thereafter. The
system may exhaust (lower vehicle
height) for up to 10 minutes after the
ignition key has been turned off.
You may hear the air compressor
operating when the height is being
adjusted.
If a weight-distributing hitch is being
used, it is recommended to allow
the shocks to inflate, thereby
leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting
the hitch.

Cruise Control

{ Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
With cruise control a speed of about
40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be
maintained without keeping your
foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control disengages.
For an explanation of how cruise
control interacts with the Range
Selection Mode, Tow/Haul Mode,

233

and Grade Braking systems. See
“Grade Braking” underTow/Haul
Mode 0 222.
This vehicle has StabiliTrak and
when the system begins to limit
wheel spin, the cruise control will
automatically disengage. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 229. If a collision alert
occurs when cruise control is
activated, cruise control is
disengaged. See Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) System 0 246. When
road conditions allow the cruise
control to be safely used again, it
can be turned back on.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

234

Driving and Operating

5 : Press to turn the system on or

2. Get up to the desired speed.

off. A white indicator comes on in
the instrument cluster when the
cruise is turned on.

3. Press and release SET−. The
desired set speed briefly
appears in the instrument
cluster.

SET− : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press to resume that
speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or
+RES could get pressed and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep the
cruise 5 button off when cruise is
not being used.
1. Press 5 to turn the cruise
system on.

4. Remove your foot from the
accelerator.
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after
cruise control has been set to the
desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster 0 133.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
or * is applied, the cruise control is
disengaged without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Once the vehicle speed reaches
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
briefly press +RES. The vehicle
returns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
. Press and hold +RES until the
vehicle accelerates to the
desired speed, then release it.
. To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, briefly press
+RES. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) faster.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 133.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
. Press and hold SET– until the
desired lower speed is reached,
then release it.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
.

To slow down in small
increments, briefly press SET–.
For each press, the vehicle goes
about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 133.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control

may be necessary to maintain
vehicle speed. When going
downhill, Cruise Grade Braking
helps maintain the driver selected
speed.

Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).

To turn off cruise control,
press 5.

Cruise Grade Braking is enabled
when the vehicle is started and
cruise control is active. It is not
enabled in Range Selection Mode.
It assists in maintaining driver
selected speed when driving on
downhill grades by using the engine
and transmission to slow the
vehicle.

Erasing Speed Memory

Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
previous set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
pressing SET– will result in cruise
control set to the current vehicle
speed.

For other forms of Grade Braking,
see Automatic Transmission 0 216
and Tow/Haul Mode 0 222.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

Ending Cruise Control

How well the cruise control works
on hills depends on the vehicle
speed, the load, and the steepness
of the hills. When going up steep
hills, pressing the accelerator pedal

There are four ways to end cruise
control:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

To disable and enable Cruise Grade
Braking for the current ignition key
cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul
button for five seconds. A DIC
message displays.

Press

235

The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if 5 is pressed
or if the ignition is turned off.

Adaptive Cruise Control
If equipped with Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC), it allows for selecting
the cruise control set speed and
following gap. Read this entire
section before using this system.
ACC uses a camera and radar
sensors to detect other vehicles.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 396. The following gap is the
following time (or distance) between
your vehicle and a vehicle detected
directly ahead in your path, moving
in the same direction. If no vehicle
is detected in your path, ACC works
like regular cruise control.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

236

Driving and Operating

If a vehicle is detected in your path,
ACC can speed up the vehicle or
apply limited, moderate braking to
maintain the selected following gap.
To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
If the Traction Control System (TCS)
or electronic stability control system
activates while ACC is engaged,
ACC may automatically disengage.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 229. When road
conditions allow ACC to be safely
used, the ACC can be turned
back on.
ACC will not engage if the TCS or
electronic stability control system is
disabled.

{ Warning
ACC has limited braking ability
and may not have time to slow
the vehicle down enough to avoid
a collision with another vehicle
you are following. This can occur
when vehicles suddenly slow or
stop ahead, or enter your lane.
Also see “Alerting the Driver” in
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
this section. Complete attention is
always required while driving and
you should be ready to take
action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 190.

{ Warning
ACC will not detect or brake for
children, pedestrians, animals,
or other objects.
Do not use ACC when:
. On winding and hilly roads
or when the sensors are
blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
The system may not detect
a vehicle ahead. Keep the
entire front of the vehicle
clean.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
.

Visibility is low, such as in
fog, rain, or snow
conditions. ACC
performance is limited under
these conditions.

On slippery roads where
fast changes in tire traction
can cause excessive
wheel slip.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating

5 : Press to turn the system on or

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

off. The indicator turns white on the
instrument cluster when ACC is
turned on.

If J is on when not in use, it could
get pressed and go into ACC when
not desired. Keep J off when
cruise is not being used.

+RES : Press briefly to resume the
previous set speed or hold to
accelerate. If ACC is already
engaged, use to increase vehicle
speed.
SET– : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate ACC. If cruise
control is already engaged, use to
decrease vehicle speed.

Select the set speed desired for
cruise. This is the vehicle speed
when no vehicle is detected in
its path.
ACC will not set or resume at a
speed less than 25 km/h (16 mph).
To set ACC:

* : Press to disengage ACC
without erasing the selected set
speed.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3 : Press to select a following gap

3. Press and release SET– .

time (or distance) setting for ACC of
Far, Medium, or Near.

4. Remove your foot from the
accelerator.

The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 133.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.

1. Press

After ACC is set, it may immediately
apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead
is detected closer than the selected
following gap.

237

The ACC indicator displays on the
Driver Information Center (DIC) in
the instrument cluster and Head-Up
display (HUD), if equipped. When
ACC is active, the indicator turns
green.
Be mindful of speed limits,
surrounding traffic speeds, and
weather conditions when selecting
the set speed.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the ACC is set at a desired speed
and then the brakes are applied,
ACC is disengaged without erasing
the set speed from memory.
To begin using ACC again, press
+RES on the steering wheel. The
vehicle returns to the previous set
speed.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

238

Driving and Operating

Increasing Speed While ACC is at
a Set Speed
Do one of the following:
. Use the accelerator to get to the
higher speed. Press SET– .
Release the control and the
accelerator pedal. The vehicle
will now cruise at the higher
speed.
When the accelerator pedal is
pressed, ACC will not brake
because it is overridden.
A warning message will appear
on the Driver Information Center
(DIC) and HUD, if equipped. See
Vehicle Messages 0 157.
.

Press and hold +RES until the
desired set speed appears on
the display, then release it.

To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, briefly press
+RES. For each press, the
vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h
(1 mph) faster mark on the
speedometer.

To increase speed in larger
increments, press and briefly
hold +RES. For each press, the

vehicle speed goes to next
5 km/h (5 mph) faster mark on
the speedometer.
When it is determined that there is
no vehicle ahead or the vehicle
ahead is beyond the selected
following gap, then the vehicle
speed will increase to the set speed.
Reducing Speed While ACC is at a
Set Speed
Do one of the following:
. Use the brake to get to the
desired lower speed. Release
the brake and press SET– . The
vehicle will now cruise at the
lower speed.
. Press and hold SET– until the
desired lower speed is reached,
then release it.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in
small increments, briefly press
SET−. For each press, the
vehicle speed goes to the next
1 km/h (1 mph) slower mark on
the speedometer.

To decrease speed in larger
increments, press and briefly
hold SET−. For each press, the
vehicle speed goes to the next
5 km/h (5 mph) slower mark on
the speedometer.

Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
When a slower moving vehicle is
detected ahead within the selected
following gap, ACC will adjust the
vehicle's speed and attempt to
maintain the follow distance gap
selected.
Press 3 on the steering wheel to
adjust the following gap. When
pressed, the current gap setting
displays briefly on the instrument
cluster and HUD, if equipped.
Subsequent presses cycle the 3
button through three settings: Far,
Medium, or Near. The gap setting
will be maintained until it is
changed.
Since each gap setting corresponds
to a following time (Far, Medium,
or Near), the following distance will
vary based on vehicle speed. The
faster the vehicle speed, the further

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
back your vehicle will follow a
vehicle detected ahead. Consider
traffic and weather conditions when
selecting the following gap. The
range of selectable gaps may not be
appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
Changing the gap setting
automatically changes the alert
timing sensitivity (Far, Medium,
or Near) for the Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 246.
Alerting the Driver

Without Head-Up Display

239

Approaching and Following a
Vehicle

With Head-Up Display
If ACC is engaged, driver action
may be required when ACC cannot
apply sufficient braking because of
approaching a vehicle too rapidly.
When this condition occurs, six red
lights or the collision alert symbol on
the HUD, if equipped, will flash on
the windshield, and either eight
beeps will sound from the front,
or both sides of the Safety Alert
Seat will pulse five times. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 158.
See Defensive Driving 0 190.

The vehicle ahead indicator is in the
instrument cluster and HUD,
if equipped.
The vehicle ahead indicator only
displays when a vehicle is detected
in your vehicle’s path moving in the
same direction.
If this indicator is not displaying,
ACC will not respond to or brake to
vehicles ahead.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle
down and adjusts vehicle speed to
follow the vehicle in front at the
selected follow gap. The vehicle
speed increases or decreases to
follow the vehicle in front of you, but
will not exceed the set speed. It may
apply limited braking, if necessary.
When braking is active, the brake
lights will come on. The automatic

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

240

Driving and Operating

braking may feel or sound different
than if the brakes were applied
manually. This is normal.
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving
Objects

{ Warning
ACC may not detect and react to
stopped or slow-moving vehicles
ahead of you. For example, the
system may not brake for a
vehicle it has never detected
moving. This can occur in
stop-and-go traffic or when a
vehicle suddenly appears due to
a vehicle ahead changing lanes.
Your vehicle may not stop and
could cause a crash. Use caution
when using ACC. Your complete
attention is always required while
driving and you should be ready
to take action and apply the
brakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC Override

ACC may automatically disengage
and you will need to manually apply
the brakes to slow the vehicle if:
. Your vehicle speed goes below
the minimum speed of 16 km/h
(10 mph).
. The sensors are blocked.

If using the accelerator pedal while
ACC is active, a warning message
in the DIC and in the HUD,
if equipped, will indicate that
automatic braking will not occur.
See Vehicle Messages 0 157. ACC
will resume operation when the
accelerator pedal is not being
pressed.

The Traction Control System
(TCS) or electronic stability
control system has activated or
been disabled.

There is a fault in the system.

The radar falsely reports a
blockage when driving in a
desert or remote area with no
other vehicles or roadside
objects. A DIC message may
display to indicate that ACC is
temporarily unavailable.

A message will appear on the DIC
indicating that cruise is disengaging.
The ACC indicator will turn white
when ACC is no longer active.

{ Warning
The ACC will not automatically
apply the brakes if your foot is
resting on the accelerator pedal.
You could crash into a vehicle
ahead of you.
Curves in the Road

{ Warning
On curves, ACC may not detect a
vehicle ahead in your lane. You
could be startled if the vehicle
accelerates up to the set speed,
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating

ACC may occasionally provide an
alert and/or braking that is
considered unnecessary. It could
respond to vehicles in different
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
stationary objects when entering or
exiting a curve. This is normal
operation. The vehicle does not
need service.

Warning (Continued)
especially when following a
vehicle exiting or entering exit
ramps. You could lose control of
the vehicle or crash. Do not use
ACC while driving on an entrance
or exit ramp. Always be ready to
use the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning
On curves, ACC may respond to
a vehicle in another lane, or may
not have time to react to a vehicle
in your lane. You could crash into
a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
control of your vehicle. Give extra
attention in curves and be ready
to use the brakes if necessary.
Select an appropriate speed while
driving in curves.
ACC may operate differently in a
sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle speed if the curve is too
sharp.

241

When following a vehicle and
entering a curve, ACC may not
detect the vehicle ahead and
accelerate to the set speed. When
this happens, the vehicle ahead
indicator will not appear.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
until it is completely in the lane. The
brakes may need to be manually
applied.
ACC may detect a vehicle that is
not in your lane and apply the
brakes.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

242

Driving and Operating

Do Not Use ACC on Hills and
When Towing a Trailer

Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if 5 is pressed
or if the ignition is turned off.
Cleaning the Sensing System
The radar sensor on the front of the
vehicle can become blocked by
snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area
needs to be cleaned for ACC to
operate properly.

Do not use ACC when driving on
steep hills or when towing a trailer.
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the
lane while driving on steep hills. The
driver will often need to take over
acceleration and braking on steep
hills, especially when towing a
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the
ACC disengages.
Disengaging ACC
There are three ways to
disengage ACC:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
.
.

*.
Press 5.

Press

For cleaning instructions, see
“Washing the Vehicle” under
Exterior Care 0 360.
System operation may also be
limited under snow, heavy rain,
or road spray conditions.

Driver Assistance
Systems
This vehicle may have features that
work together to help avoid crashes
or reduce crash damage while
driving, backing, and parking. Read
this entire section before using
these systems.

{ Warning
Do not rely on the Driver
Assistance Systems. These
systems do not replace the need
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or feel
alerts or warnings provided by
these systems. Failure to use
proper care when driving may
result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving
0 190.
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
Under many conditions, these
systems will not:
.

Detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals.

Detect vehicles or objects
outside the area monitored
by the system.

Work at all driving speeds.

Warn you or provide you
with enough time to avoid a
crash.

Work under poor visibility or
bad weather conditions.

Work if the detection sensor
is not cleaned or is covered
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
.

Work if the detection sensor
is covered up, such as with
a sticker, magnet, or metal
plate.
Work if the area surrounding
the detection sensor is
damaged or not properly
repaired.

Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Audible or Safety Alert Seat
Some driver assistance features
alert the driver of obstacles by
beeping. To change the volume of
the warning chime, see “Comfort
and Convenience” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.
If equipped with the Safety Alert
Seat, the driver seat cushion may
provide a vibrating pulse alert
instead of beeping. To change this,

243

see “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization
0 158.

Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
Front Parking Assist (FPA), and
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may
help the driver park or avoid objects.
Always check around the vehicle
when parking or backing.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
image of the area behind the vehicle
in the infotainment display. The
previous screen displays when the
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
after a short delay. To return to the
previous screen sooner, press any
button on the infotainment system,
shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
speed of approximately 12 km/h (8
mph). The rear vision camera is
above the license plate.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

244

Driving and Operating
Displayed images may be farther or
closer than they appear. The area
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not
display.
A warning triangle may display to
show that RPA has detected an
object. This triangle changes from
amber to red and increases in size
the closer the object.
1. View Displayed by the
Camera

1. View Displayed by the
Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

{ Warning
The camera(s) do not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist
With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
as the vehicle moves at speeds of
less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the
sensors on the bumpers may detect
objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and
1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle
within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
the ground and below bumper level.
These detection distances may be
shorter during warmer or humid
weather. Blocked sensors will not
detect objects and can also cause
false detections. Keep the sensors
clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
slush; and clean sensors after a car
wash in freezing temperatures.

{ Warning
The Parking Assist system does
not detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
located below the bumper or that
are too close or too far from the
vehicle. It is not available at
speeds greater than 8 km/h
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
or vehicle damage, even with
Parking Assist, always check the
area around the vehicle and
check all mirrors before moving
forward or backing.

When an object is first detected in
the rear, one beep will be heard
from the rear, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse two
times. When an object is very close
(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),
a continuous beep will sound from
the front or rear depending on
object location, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
times. Beeps for FPA are higher
pitched than for RPA.

245

Use caution while backing up when
towing a trailer, as the RCTA
detection zones that extend out
from the back of the vehicle do not
move further back when a trailer is
towed.

Turning the Features On or Off

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

The instrument cluster may have a
parking assist display with bars that
show “distance to object” and object
location information for RPA, and on
some vehicles, FPA. As the object
gets closer, more bars light up and
the bars change color from yellow to
amber to red.

If equipped, when the vehicle is
shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA
displays a red warning triangle with
a left or right pointing arrow on the
RVC screen to warn of traffic
coming from the left or right. This
system detects objects coming from
up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or
right side of the vehicle. When an
object is detected, either three
beeps sound from the left or right or
three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur
on the left or right side, depending
on the direction of the detected
vehicle.

The X button to the left of the
steering wheel is used to turn on or
off the Front and Rear Parking
Assist. The indicator light in the
button comes on when the features
are on and turns off when the
features have been disabled.
Front and Rear Parking Assist can
be turned off, on, or on with towbar
through vehicle personalization. See
“Parking Assist” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 158. If the parking
assist is turned off through vehicle
personalization, the parking assist
button will be disabled. To turn the

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

246

Driving and Operating

parking assist on again, select On in
vehicle personalization. The On with
Towbar setting allows for the
parking assist to work properly with
an attached trailer hitch. Turn off
parking assist when towing a trailer.
To turn the rear parking assist
symbols, guidance lines, or Rear
Cross Traffic Alert on or off, see
“Rear Camera” and “Collision/
Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

Assistance Systems for
Driving
If equipped, when driving the
vehicle in a forward gear, Forward
Collision Alert (FCA), Lane
Departure Warning (LDW), Lane
Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert
(LCA), and/or Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) can help to avoid a
crash or reduce crash damage.

Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps or pulses the driver seat.
FCA also lights an amber visual
alert if following another vehicle
much too closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle
has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
it can detect vehicles to distances of
approximately 110 m (360 ft) and
operates at all speeds. See
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 235.

{ Warning
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help
avoid a crash. It also may not
provide any warning at all. FCA
does not warn of pedestrians,
animals, signs, guardrails,
bridges, construction barrels,
or other objects. Be ready to take
action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 190.
FCA can be disabled with either the
FCA steering wheel control or,
if equipped, through vehicle
personalization. See “Collision/
Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 158.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unless
the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
display green. Vehicles may not be
detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.

{ Warning
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued)

247

Warning (Continued)
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.
Collision Alert

With Head-Up Display

Without Head-Up Display
When your vehicle approaches
another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the red FCA display will flash on the
windshield. Also, eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times.
When this Collision Alert occurs, the
brake system may prepare for driver
braking to occur more rapidly which
can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
Continue to apply the brake pedal
as needed. Cruise control may be
disengaged when the Collision Alert
occurs.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

248

Driving and Operating

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle-ahead indicator will
display amber when you are
following a vehicle ahead much too
closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing
The Collision Alert control is on the
steering wheel. Press [ / 3 to
set the FCA timing to Far, Medium,
Near, or on some vehicles, Off. The
first button press shows the current
setting on the DIC. Additional button
presses will change this setting. The
chosen setting will remain until it is
changed and will affect the timing of
both the Collision Alert and the
Tailgating Alert features. The timing
of both alerts will vary based on
vehicle speed. The faster the
vehicle speed, the farther away the
alert will occur. Consider traffic and
weather conditions when selecting

the alert timing. The range of
selectable alert timing may not be
appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
If your vehicle is equipped with
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
changing the FCA timing setting
automatically changes the ACC
following gap setting (Far, Medium,
or Near).

Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
in other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, this may correct
the issue:
. Clean the outside of the
windshield in front of the
rearview mirror.
. Clean the entire front of the
vehicle.
. Clean the headlamps.

For cleaning instructions, see
“Washing the Vehicle” under
Exterior Care 0 360.
System operation may also be
limited under snow, heavy rain,
or road spray conditions.

Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB)
If the vehicle has Forward Collision
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which
includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA). When the system
detects a vehicle ahead in your path
that is traveling in the same
direction that you may be about to
crash into, it can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the
vehicle. This can help avoid or
lessen the severity of crashes when
driving in a forward gear. Depending
on the situation, the vehicle may
automatically brake moderately or
hard. This forward automatic
braking can only occur if a vehicle is
detected. This is shown by the FCA
vehicle ahead indicator being lit.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 246.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
The system works when driving in a
forward gear between 8 km/h
(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph),
or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC), above 4 km/h
(2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to
approximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning
FAB is an emergency crash
preparation feature and is not
designed to avoid crashes. Do
not rely on FAB to brake the
vehicle. FAB will not brake
outside of its operating speed
range and only responds to
detected vehicles.
FAB may not:
. Detect a vehicle ahead on
winding or hilly roads.
. Detect all vehicles,
especially vehicles with a
trailer, tractors, muddy
vehicles, etc.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
.

Detect a vehicle when
weather limits visibility, such
as in fog, rain, or snow.

Detect a vehicle ahead if it
is partially blocked by
pedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
FAB may slow the vehicle to a
complete stop to try to avoid a
potential crash. The vehicle will only
hold at a stop briefly. A firm press of
the accelerator pedal will also
release FAB.

{ Warning
FAB may automatically brake the
vehicle suddenly in situations
where it is unexpected and
(Continued)

249

Warning (Continued)
undesired. It could respond to a
turning vehicle ahead, guardrails,
signs, and other non-moving
objects. To override FAB, firmly
press the accelerator pedal, if it is
safe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
IBA may activate when the brake
pedal is applied quickly by providing
a boost to braking based on the
speed of approach and distance to
a vehicle ahead.
Minor brake pedal pulsations or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the brake pedal should
continue to be applied as needed.
IBA will automatically disengage
only when the brake pedal is
released.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

250

Driving and Operating

{ Warning

Heavy rain or snow is interfering
with object detection.

IBA may increase vehicle braking
in situations when it may not be
necessary. You could block the
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take
your foot off the brake pedal and
then apply the brakes as needed.

There is a problem with the
StabiliTrak system.

FAB and IBA can be disabled
through vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 158.

{ Warning
Using FAB or IBA while towing a
trailer could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle and crash.
Turn the system to Alert, or if the
vehicle has ACC to Off, when
towing a trailer.
A system unavailable message may
display if:
. The front of the vehicle or
windshield is not clean.

The FAB system does not need
service.

Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the SBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding crashes that
occur with moving vehicles in the
side blind zone (or spot) areas.
When the vehicle is in a forward
gear, the left or right side mirror
display will light up if a moving
vehicle is detected in that blind
zone. If the turn signal is activated
and a vehicle is also detected on
the same side, the display will flash
as an extra warning not to change
lanes. Since this system is part of
the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
system, read the entire LCA section
before using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)
If equipped, the LCA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding lane change
crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display
will light up in the corresponding
outside side mirror and will flash if
the turn signal is on.

{ Warning
LCA does not alert the driver to
vehicles outside of the system
detection zones, pedestrians,
bicyclists, or animals. It may not
provide alerts when changing
lanes under all driving conditions.
Failure to use proper care when
changing lanes may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Before making a lane change,
always check mirrors, glance over
your shoulder, and use the turn
signals.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone
2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
(11 ft). The height of the zone is
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
warning area starts at approximately
the middle of the vehicle and goes
back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also
warned of vehicles rapidly
approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft)
behind the vehicle.

How the System Works
The LCA symbol lights up in the
side mirrors when the system
detects a moving vehicle in the next
lane over that is in the side blind
zone or rapidly approaching that
zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol
indicates it may be unsafe to
change lanes. Before making a lane
change, check the LCA display,
check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
Display
Display
When the vehicle is started, both
outside mirror LCA displays will
briefly come on to indicate the
system is operating. When the
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left
or right side mirror display will light
up if a moving vehicle is detected in
the next lane over in that blind zone
or rapidly approaching that zone.

251

If the turn signal is activated in the
same direction as a detected
vehicle, this display will flash as an
extra warning not to change lanes.
LCA can be disabled through
vehicle personalization using the
Side Blind Zone Alert option. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 158.
If LCA is disabled by the driver, the
LCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The LCA system requires some
driving for the system to calibrate to
maximum performance. This
calibration may occur more quickly if
the vehicle is driving on a straight
highway road with traffic and
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails,
barriers).
LCA displays may not come on
when passing a vehicle quickly, for
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a
trailer. The LCA detection zones
that extend back from the side of
the vehicle do not move further back
when a trailer is towed. Use caution
while changing lanes when towing a

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

252

Driving and Operating

trailer. LCA may alert to objects
attached to the vehicle, such as a
trailer, bicycle, or object extending
out to either side of the vehicle.
Attached objects may also interfere
with the detection of vehicles. This
is normal system operation; the
vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not always alert the driver
to vehicles in the next lane over,
especially in wet conditions or when
driving on sharp curves. The system
does not need to be serviced. The
system may light up due to
guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and
other non-moving objects. This is
normal system operation; the
vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not operate when the LCA
sensors in the left or right corners of
the rear bumper are covered with
mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in
heavy rainstorms. For cleaning
instructions, see "Washing the
Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 360.
If the DIC still displays the system
unavailable message after cleaning
both sides of the vehicle toward the
rear corners of the vehicle, see your
dealer.

If the LCA displays do not light up
when moving vehicles are in the
side blind zone or are rapidly
approaching this zone and the
system is clean, the system may
need service. Take the vehicle to
your dealer.
When LCA is disabled for any
reason other than the driver turning
it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
option will not be available on the
personalization menu.

Radio Frequency Information
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 396.

Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may provide a
warning if the vehicle is crossing a
detected lane marking without using
a turn signal in the lane departure
direction. Since this system is part
of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
system, read the entire LKA section
before using this feature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel if the
vehicle approaches a detected lane
marking without using a turn signal
in that direction. It may also provide
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
system alert as the lane marking is
crossed. The LKA system will not
assist or provide an LDW alert if it
detects that you are actively
steering. Override LKA by turning
the steering wheel. LKA uses a
camera to detect lane markings
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning
The LKA system does not
continuously steer the vehicle.
It may not keep the vehicle in the
lane or give a Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) alert, even if a
lane marking is detected.
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
The LKA and LDW systems
may not:
. Provide an alert or enough
steering assist to avoid a
lane departure or crash.
. Detect lane markings under
poor weather or visibility
conditions. This can occur if
the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
dirt, snow, or ice, if they are
not in proper condition, or if
the sun shines directly into
the camera.
. Detect road edges.
.

Detect lanes on winding or
hilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markings
on one side of the road, it will
only assist or provide an LDW
alert when approaching the lane
on the side where it has detected
a lane marking. Even with LKA
and LDW, you must steer the
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
vehicle. Always keep your
attention on the road and
maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could
occur. Always keep the
windshield, headlamps, and
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LKA in
bad weather conditions.

{ Warning
Using LKA while towing a trailer
or on slippery roads could cause
loss of control of the vehicle and
a crash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works
The LKA camera sensor is on the
windshield ahead of the rearview
mirror.
To turn LKA on and off, press A
to the left of the steering wheel.

253

When on, A is green if LKA is
available to assist and provide LDW
alerts. It may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel and
display A as amber if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane marking
without using a turn signal in that
direction. It may also provide an
LDW alert by flashing A amber
as the lane marking is crossed.
Additionally, there may be three
beeps, or the driver seat may pulse
three times, on the right or left,
depending on the lane departure
direction.
Take Steering
The LKA system does not
continuously steer the vehicle.
If LKA does not detect active driver
steering, an alert, chime, or DIC
message may be provided. Steer
the vehicle to dismiss.

When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The system performance may be
affected by:
. Close vehicles ahead.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

254

Driving and Operating

Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.

Banked roads.

Roads with poor lane markings,
such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.

Fuel
GM recommends the use of TOP
TIER® detergent gasoline to keep
the engine cleaner and reduce
engine deposits. See
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
TIER detergent gasoline marketers
and applicable countries.

A system unavailable message may
display if the camera is blocked.
The LKA system does not need
service.
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts
may occur due to tar marks,
shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service. Turn LKA off if these
conditions continue.

If the vehicle has a yellow sticker on
the fuel door, E85 or FlexFuel can
be used. See E85 or FlexFuel
0 256.
For the L83 5.3L V8 engine, use
regular unleaded gasoline meeting
ASTM specification D4814 with a
posted octane rating of 87 or higher.

Do not use gasoline with a posted
octane rating of less than 87, as this
may cause engine knock and will
lower fuel economy.
For the L86 6.2L V8 engine,
premium unleaded gasoline meeting
ASTM specification D4814 with a
posted octane rating of 93 is highly
recommended for best performance
and fuel economy. Unleaded
gasoline with an octane rated as low
as 87 can be used. Using unleaded
gasoline rated below 93 octane,
however, will lead to reduced
acceleration and fuel economy.
If knocking occurs, use a gasoline
rated at 93 octane as soon as
possible, otherwise, the engine
could be damaged. If heavy
knocking is heard when using
gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the
engine needs service.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Prohibited Fuels

Caution
Do not use fuels with any of the
following conditions; doing so
may damage the vehicle and void
its warranty:
. For vehicles which are not
FlexFuel, fuel labeled
greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level
ethanol blends (16 – 50%
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
. Fuel with any amount of
methanol, methylal, and
aniline. These fuels can
corrode metal fuel system
parts or damage plastic and
rubber parts.
. Fuel containing metals such
as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl
(MMT), which can damage
the emissions control
system and spark plugs.
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
.

Fuel with a posted octane
rating of less than the
recommended fuel. Using
this fuel will lower fuel
economy and performance,
and may decrease the life of
the emissions catalyst.

California Fuel
Requirements
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance may be
affected. The malfunction indicator
lamp could turn on and the vehicle
may not pass a smog-check test.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 143. If this

255

occurs, return to your authorized
dealer for diagnosis. If it is
determined that the condition is
caused by the type of fuel used,
repairs may not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

Fuels in Foreign
Countries
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a
foreign country, see “Prohibited
Fuels” in Fuel 0 254.

Fuel Additives
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
TIER detergent gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel 0 254.
If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is
not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
System Treatment Cleaner added to
the fuel tank at every engine oil
change, can help. GM Fuel System
Treatment Cleaner is the only
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

256

Driving and Operating

If your vehicle is able to use E85 or
FlexFuel, GM Fuel System
Treatment Cleaner - FlexFuel is the
only recommended additive for use.
Do not use any other additives with
an E85 or FlexFuel vehicle. See
E85 or FlexFuel 0 256.

E85 or FlexFuel
Vehicles marked as “E85” or
FlexFuel can use either unleaded
gasoline or ethanol fuel containing
up to 85% ethanol (E85). All other
vehicles should use only the
unleaded gasoline as described in
Fuel 0 254.
The use of E85 or FlexFuel is
encouraged when the vehicle is
designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel
is made from renewable sources.
Many fuel stations will not have an
85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump
available. Those stations that do
have E85 should have a label
indicating the FlexFuel ethanol
content. Do not use the fuel if the
ethanol content is greater than 85%.

The starting characteristics of E85
or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for
use when temperatures fall below
−18 °C (0 °F). Use gasoline or add
gasoline to the E85 or FlexFuel.
Because E85 or FlexFuel has less
energy per liter (gallon) than
gasoline, the vehicle will need to be
refilled more often. See Filling the
Tank 0 256.

Caution
Some additives are not
compatible with E85 or FlexFuel
and can harm the vehicle's fuel
system. Do not add anything to
E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused
by additives would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.

Caution
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
. To help avoid injuries to you
and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the
fuel pump island.
. Turn off the engine when
refueling.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
. Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating

257

Warning (Continued)

{ Warning

Do not use a cell phone
while refueling.

Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.

Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.

Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
. Vehicle performance issues,
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system.
. Fuel spills.

Fuel can spray out if the
refueling nozzle is inserted
too quickly. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly
full, and is more likely in hot
weather. Insert the refueling
nozzle slowly and wait for
any hiss noise to stop prior
to beginning to flow fuel.

.
To open the fuel door, push and
release the rearward center edge of
the door.
The vehicle has a capless refueling
system and does not have a fuel
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
inserted and latched prior to starting
fuel flow.

Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 360.

{ Warning
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

258

Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank with a Portable
Gas Can
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and
must be filled from a portable
gas can:

3. Remove and clean the funnel
adapter and return to the
storage location.

Filling a Portable Fuel
Container

Warning (Continued)
keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
complete.
.

Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
expansion.

Do not smoke, light
matches, or use lighters
while pumping fuel.

Avoid using cell phones or
other electronic devices.

{ Warning
1. Locate the capless funnel
adapter from inside the vehicle.
2. Insert and latch the funnel into
the capless fuel system.

{ Warning
Attempting to refuel without using
the funnel adapter may cause fuel
spillage and damage the capless
fuel system. This could cause a
fire and you or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged.

Filling a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle can cause
fuel vapors that can ignite either
by static electricity or other
means. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
. Use approved fuel
containers.
. Remove the container from
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling.
. Place the container on the
ground.
. Place the nozzle inside the
fill opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating

Trailer Towing

General Towing
Information
Only use towing equipment that has
been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
the entire section before towing a
trailer.
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
Towing the Vehicle 0 355. For
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 355.

Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
Driving with a Trailer
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply to
trailer towing. These
requirements vary from state to
state.

The trailer must be equipped
with brakes adequate for the
intended use. A loaded trailer
weighing more than 900 kg
(2,000 lb) must be equipped with
its own brake system, with
brakes working on all axles.
Trailer braking equipment
conforming to Canadian
Standards Association (CSA)
requirement CAN3-D313, or its
equivalent, is recommended.
Do not tow a trailer during the
first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent
damage to the engine, axle,
or other parts.
Then during the first 800 km
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
do not make starts at full throttle.

Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear if the transmission shifts
too often under heavy loads and/
or hilly conditions.

Do not use Adaptive Cruise
Control when towing.

259

Turn off Parking Assist and Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RTCA) when
towing.

The Forward Automatic Braking
System should be set to Off
when towing. See Forward
Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 21.

Turn off Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
when towing. See Lane Keep
Assist (LKA) 0 252.

{ Warning
When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of
the vehicle and enter if the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
window is open.
When towing a trailer:
. Do not drive with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch,
or rear-most window open.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

260

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)

Also adjust the climate
control system to a setting
that brings in only outside
air. See “Climate Control
Systems” in the Index.

For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust 0 215.
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
longer and not as responsive as the
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
The structure, tires, and brakes of
the trailer must be rated to carry the
load. Inadequate trailer equipment
can cause the combination to
operate in an unexpected or unsafe
manner.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires, and mirrors. Get familiar with

the handling and braking of the rig.
If the trailer has electric brakes, start
the combination moving and then
apply the trailer brake controller by
hand to be sure the brakes work.

the left. To move the trailer to the
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.

During the trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure
and the lamps and any trailer
brakes still work.

Making Turns

Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
This can help to avoid heavy
braking and sudden turns.

Passing
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. The
combination will not accelerate as
quickly and is longer so it is
necessary to go much farther
beyond the passed vehicle before
returning to the lane.

Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move that hand to

Caution
Making very sharp turns while
trailering could cause the trailer to
come in contact with the vehicle.
The vehicle could be damaged.
Avoid making very sharp turns
while trailering.
When turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so
the trailer will not strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
or other objects. Avoid jerky or
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
advance.
If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn
out, the arrows on the instrument
cluster will still flash for turns. It is
important to check occasionally to
be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
brakes might get hot and no longer
work well.
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift
the transmission to a lower gear if
the transmission shifts too often
under heavy loads and/or hilly
conditions.
When towing, use the Tow/Haul
Mode to prevent damage to the
engine or transmission. See Tow/
Haul Mode 0 222.
When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, consider the
following: Engine coolant will boil at
a lower temperature than at normal
altitudes. If the engine is turned off
immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the
vehicle may show signs similar to
engine overheating. To avoid this,
let the engine run while parked,
preferably on level ground, with the
transmission in P (Park) for a few

261

minutes before turning the engine
off. If the overheat warning comes
on, see Engine Overheating 0 294.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park).

Parking on Hills

5. Release the brake pedal.

{ Warning
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move.
People can be injured, and both
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface.
If parking the rig on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if
facing downhill or into traffic if
facing uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, release the regular
brakes until the chocks absorb
the load.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake
pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Shift into a gear.
4. Release the parking brake.
5. Let up on the brake pedal.
6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
7. Stop and have someone pick
up and store the chocks.

Maintenance when Trailer
Towing
The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 370.
Things that are especially important
in trailer operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
lubricant, belts, cooling system, and

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

262

Driving and Operating

brake system. It is a good idea to
inspect these before and during
the trip.
Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Trailer Towing
Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
See New Vehicle Break-In 0 204.
Before towing a trailer, see
"Hands-Free Operation" under
Liftgate 0 43.

{ Warning
The driver can lose control when
pulling a trailer if the correct
equipment is not used or the
vehicle is not driven properly. For
example, if the trailer is too heavy
or the trailer brakes are
inadequate for the load, the
vehicle may not stop as expected.
The driver and passengers could
be seriously injured. The vehicle
may also be damaged; the
resulting repairs would not be
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Pull a trailer only if all the steps in
this section have been followed.
Ask your dealer for advice and
information about towing a trailer
with the vehicle.

Caution
Pulling a trailer improperly can
damage the vehicle and result in
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer
correctly, follow the advice in this
section and see your dealer for
important information about
towing a trailer with the vehicle.

To identify the trailering capacity of
the vehicle, read the information in
“Weight of the Trailer” following.
Trailering is different than just
driving the vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking,
durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering takes
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips
and safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
your passengers. So please read
this section carefully before pulling a
trailer.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Weight of the Trailer
Safe trailering requires monitoring
the weight, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature, and
how frequently the vehicle is used to
pull a trailer. Take into consideration
any special equipment on the
vehicle, and the amount of tongue
weight the vehicle can carry. See
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later
in this section for more information.
Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is
calculated assuming the tow vehicle
has only the driver and all required
trailering equipment. Weight of
additional optional equipment,
passengers, and cargo in the tow
vehicle must be subtracted from the
trailer weight rating.

Use the following chart to determine
how much the trailer can weigh,
based upon the vehicle model and
options.

263

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

264

Driving and Operating

Vehicle

Axle Ratio

Maximum Trailer Weight

GCWR*

Yukon Denali 2WD

3.23

3 810 kg (8,400 lb)

6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

Yukon Denali AWD

3.23

3 674 kg (8,100 lb)

6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

Yukon XL Denali 2WD

3.23

3 674 kg (8,100 lb)

6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

Yukon XL Denali AWD

3.23

3 583 kg (7,900 lb)

6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.

Vehicle

Axle Ratio

Maximum Trailer Weight

GCWR*

Yukon 2WD

3.42

3 856 kg (8,500 lb)

6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

Yukon AWD

3.42

3 719 kg (8,200 lb)

6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

Yukon XL 2WD

3.42

3 765 kg (8,300 lb)

6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

Yukon XL AWD

3.42

3 629 kg (8,000 lb)

6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Vehicle

Axle Ratio

Maximum Trailer Weight

GCWR*

3.08

2 948kg (6,500 lb)

5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

Yukon AWD

3.08

2 858 kg (6,300 lb)

5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

Yukon XL 2WD

3.08

2 858kg (6,300 lb)

5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

Yukon XL AWD

3.08

2 671 kg (6,000 lb)

5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

Yukon 2WD

265

Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
very important because it is also
part of the vehicle weight. The
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)
includes the curb weight of the
vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and
the people who will be riding in the
vehicle as well as trailer tongue
weight. Vehicle options, equipment,
passengers, and cargo in the
vehicle reduce the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry,

which will also reduce the trailer
weight the vehicle can tow. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 200 for more
information about the vehicle's
maximum load capacity.

In general, trailer tongue weight (1)
should be 10-15 % of the loaded
trailer weight (2). Some specific
trailer types (especially boat trailers)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

266

Driving and Operating

fall outside of this range. In this
case, the recommended tongue
weight in the trailer owner’s manual
should be observed. In all cases,
the maximum loads for the vehicle
series and hitch type should not be
exceeded.

Vehicle Series

Hitch Type

Maximum Tongue
Weight

1500

Weight Carrying

272 kg (600 lb)

1500

Weight Distributing

453 kg (1,000 lb)

Do not exceed the maximum
allowable tongue weight for the
vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch
extension that will position the hitch
ball closest to the vehicle. This will
help reduce the effect of trailer
tongue weight on the rear axle.
Trailer rating may be limited by the
vehicle's ability to carry tongue
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle
Weight Rating). See “Total Weight
on the Vehicle's Tires” following.
After loading the trailer, weigh the
trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they are not, adjustments
might be made by moving some
items around in the trailer.

If a cargo carrier is used in the
trailer hitch receiver, choose a
carrier that positions the load as
close to the vehicle as possible.
Make sure the total weight,
including the carrier, is no more than
half of the maximum allowable
tongue weight for the vehicle or 227
kg (500 lb), whichever is less.

Total Weight on the Vehicle's
Tires
Be sure the vehicle's tires are
inflated to the inflation pressures
found on the Certification label on
the center pillar or see Vehicle Load
Limits 0 200. Make sure not to
exceed the GVWR limit for the
vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow
vehicle and trailer fully loaded for
the trip including the weight of the
trailer tongue. If using a
weight-distributing hitch, make sure

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
not to exceed the RGAWR before
applying the weight distribution
spring bars.

Weight of the Trailering
Combination
It is important that the combination
of the tow vehicle and trailer does
not exceed any of its weight
ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR,
Trailer Weight Rating, or Tongue
Weight. The only way to be sure it is
not exceeding any of these ratings
is to weigh the tow vehicle and
trailer combination, fully loaded for
the trip, getting individual weights
for each of these items.

tongue weight among the two
vehicle and trailer axles. See
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” in
Trailer Towing 0 262 for rating limits
with various hitch types.
Consider using sway controls with
any trailer. Ask a trailering
professional about sway controls or
refer to the trailer manufacturer's
recommendations and instructions.

Weight-Distributing Hitch
Adjustment

Towing Equipment
Hitches
The correct hitch equipment helps
maintain combination control. Most
small-to-medium trailers can be
towed with a weight-carrying hitch
which simply features a coupler
latched to the hitch ball. Larger
trailers may require a
weight-distributing hitch that uses
spring bars to distribute the trailer

1. Front of Vehicle
2. Body to Ground Distance

267

When using a weight-distributing
hitch, measure distance (2) before
coupling the trailer to the hitch ball.
Measure the height again after the
trailer is coupled and adjust the
spring bars so the distance (2) is as
close as possible to halfway
between the two measurements.

Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains
may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer
manufacturer. If the trailer being
towed weighs up to 2 271 kg
(5,000 lb) with a factory-installed
step bumper, safety chains may be
attached to the attaching points on
the bumper, otherwise, safety
chains should be attached to holes
on the trailer hitch platform. Always
leave just enough slack so the
combination can turn. Never allow
safety chains to drag on the ground.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

268

Driving and Operating

Trailer Brakes

Trailer Wiring Harness

A loaded trailer that weighs more
than 900 kg (2,000 lb) must be
equipped with its own brake system,
with brakes working on all axles.
Trailer braking equipment
conforming to Canadian Standards
Association (CSA) requirement
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is
recommended.

The seven-pin trailer connector is
mounted in the bumper. This
connector can be plugged into a
seven-pin universal heavy-duty
trailer connector available through
your dealer.

State and local regulations may also
require the trailer to have its own
braking system if loaded above a
certain threshold. These
requirements vary from state to
state.
Be sure to read and follow the
instructions for the trailer brakes so
they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly. These
requirements vary from state to
state.
Do not tap into the vehicle's
hydraulic brake system.
Since the vehicle is equipped with
StabiliTrak, the trailer brakes cannot
tap into the vehicle's hydraulic
system.

Use only a round, seven-wire
connector with flat blade terminals
meeting SAE J2863 specifications
for proper electrical connectivity.
The seven-wire harness contains
the following trailer circuits:
. Yellow/Grey: Left Stop/Turn
Signal
. Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn
Signal
. Grey/Brown: Taillamps
.

White: Ground

White/Green: Back-up Lamps

Red/Green: Battery Feed

Dark Blue: Trailer Brake

To help charge a remote
(non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
Haul Mode button at the end of the
shift lever. If the trailer is too light for

Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the
headlamps to help charge the
battery.

Electric Brake Control Wiring
Provisions
These wiring provisions are
included with the vehicle as part of
the trailer wiring package. These
provisions are for an electric brake
controller.
The harness should be installed by
your dealer or a qualified service
center.

Tow/Haul Mode

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Pressing this button at the end of
the shift lever turns on and off the
Tow/Haul Mode.

This indicator light on the instrument
cluster comes on when the Tow/
Haul Mode is on.
Tow/Haul is a feature that assists
when pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul
Mode 0 222.
Tow/Haul is designed to be most
effective when the vehicle and
trailer combined weight is at least
75 % of the vehicle's Gross
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).
See “Weight of the Trailer” under
Trailer Towing 0 262. Tow/Haul is
most useful under the following
driving conditions:
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load through
rolling terrain.

When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load in
stop-and-go traffic.

When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load in busy
parking lots where improved low
speed control of the vehicle is
desired.

Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
when lightly loaded or with no trailer
at all will not cause damage.
However, there is no benefit to the
selection of Tow/Haul when the
vehicle is unloaded. Such a
selection when unloaded may result
in unpleasant engine and
transmission driving characteristics
and reduced fuel economy. Tow/
Haul is recommended only when
pulling a heavy trailer or a large or
heavy load.

269

Integrated Trailer Brake
Control System

The vehicle may have an Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system
for use with electric trailer brakes or
most electric-over-hydraulic trailer
brakes.
This symbol is on the Trailer Brake
Control Panel on vehicles with an
ITBC system. The power output to
the trailer brakes is based on the
amount of brake pressure being
applied by the vehicle’s brake
system, and on the type of trailer
brakes detected. This available
power output to the trailer brakes
can be adjusted to a wide range of
trailering situations.
The ITBC system is integrated with
the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering
conditions that cause the vehicle’s

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

270

Driving and Operating

antilock brake or StabiliTrak
systems to activate, power sent to
the trailer's brakes will be
automatically adjusted to minimize
trailer wheel lock-up. This does not
imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak.
If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
or StabiliTrak systems are not
functioning properly, the ITBC
system may not be fully functional
or may not function at all. Make sure
all of these systems are fully
operational to ensure full
functionality of the ITBC system.

Warning (Continued)
trailer instability which could
result in personal injury or
damage to the vehicle, trailer,
or other property. Use the ITBC
system only with electric or
electric over hydraulic trailer
brakes.
Trailer Brake Control Panel

Trailer Brake DIC Display Page

The ITBC system is powered
through the vehicle's electrical
system. Turning the ignition off will
also turn off the ITBC system. The
ITBC system is fully functional only
when the ignition is in on.

The ITBC system displays
messages in the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
The display page indicates Trailer
Gain setting, power output to the
trailer brakes, trailer connection, and
system operational status.

{ Warning
Connecting a trailer that has an
air brake system may result in
reduced or complete loss of trailer
braking. There may be an
increase in stopping distance or
(Continued)

The ITBC system has a control
panel on the instrument panel to the
left of the steering column. The
control panel allows adjustment to
the amount of output, referred to as
Trailer Gain, available to the trailer
brakes and allows manual
application of the trailer brakes. The
Trailer Brake Control Panel is used
along with the Trailer Brake Display
Page on the DIC to adjust and
display power output to the trailer
brakes.

1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply
Lever
2. Trailer Gain Adjustment
Buttons

To display the Trailer Brake Display
Page do any of the following:
. Scroll through the DIC menu
pages.
. Press a Trailer Gain button.
If the Trailer Brake Display Page
is not currently displayed, press

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
a Trailer Gain button to recall the
current Trailer Gain setting.
Each press and release of the
gain buttons will then change the
Trailer Gain setting.
.

Activate the Manual Trailer
Brake apply lever.

TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
a trailer connected or disconnected.
To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one
of the Trailer Gain adjustment
buttons. Press and hold a gain
button to continuously adjust the
Trailer Gain. To turn the output to
the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain
setting to 0.0 (zero).
TRAILER OUTPUT: Displays any
time a trailer with electric brakes is
connected. Output to the trailer
brakes is based on the amount of
vehicle braking present and relative
to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is
displayed from 0 to 100% for each
gain setting.

271

The Trailer Output will indicate “- - - - -” on the Trailer Brake Display
Page whenever the following occur:
. No trailer is connected.

the left will apply only the trailer
brakes. Use this lever to adjust
Trailer Gain to properly adjust the
power output to the trailer brakes.

A trailer without electric brakes
is connected (no DIC message
displayed).

A trailer with electric brakes has
become disconnected (a
CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message will also display on
the DIC).

The trailer's and the vehicle's brake
lamps will come on when either
vehicle brakes or manual trailer
brakes are applied.

There is a fault present in the
wiring to the trailer brakes (a
CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message will also display on
the DIC).
The ITBC system is not working
due to a fault (a SERVICE
TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM
message will also display in
the DIC).

Manual Trailer Brake Apply
The Manual Trailer Brake Apply
lever is used to apply the trailer’s
electric brakes independent of the
vehicle’s brakes. Sliding the lever to

Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure
Trailer Gain should be set for a
specific trailering condition and must
be adjusted any time vehicle
loading, trailer loading, or road
surface conditions change.

{ Warning
Trailer brakes that are
over-gained or under-gained may
not stop the vehicle and the trailer
as intended and can result in a
crash. Always follow the
instructions to set the Trailer Gain
for the proper trailer stopping
performance.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

272

Driving and Operating

To adjust Trailer Gain for each
towing condition:
1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer
attached on a level road
surface representative of the
towing condition and free of
traffic at about 32 to 40 km/h
(20 to 25 mph) and fully apply
the Manual Trailer Brake apply
lever.
Adjusting Trailer Gain at
speeds lower than 32 to
40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may
result in an incorrect gain
setting.
2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using
the Trailer Gain adjustment
buttons, to just below the point
of trailer wheel lock-up,
indicated by trailer wheel
squeal or tire smoke when a
trailer wheel locks.
Trailer wheel lock-up may not
occur if towing a heavily loaded
trailer. In this case, adjust the
Trailer Gain to the highest
allowable setting for the towing
condition.

3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time
vehicle loading, trailer loading,
or road surface conditions
change or if trailer wheel
lock-up is noticed at any time
while towing.

If the disconnect occurs while
the vehicle is stationary, this
message will automatically turn
off in about 30 seconds. This
message will also turn off if it is
acknowledged or if the trailer
harness is reconnected.

Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages

If the disconnect occurs while
the vehicle is moving, this
message will continue until the
ignition is turned off. This
message will also turn off if it is
acknowledged or if the trailer
harness is reconnected.

In addition to displaying TRAILER
GAIN and OUTPUT through the
DIC, trailer connection and ITBC
system status are displayed on
the DIC.
TRAILER CONNECTED: This
message will briefly display when a
trailer with electric brakes is first
connected to the vehicle. This
message will automatically turn off
in about 10 seconds. This message
can be acknowledged before it
automatically turns off.
CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This
message will display if:
. The ITBC system first
determines connection to a
trailer with electric brakes and
then the trailer harness becomes
disconnected from the vehicle.

There is an electrical fault in the
wiring to the trailer brakes. This
message will continue as long
as there is an electrical fault in
the trailer wiring. This message
will also turn off if it is
acknowledged.

To determine if the electrical fault is
on the vehicle side or trailer side of
the trailer wiring harness
connection:
1. Disconnect the trailer wiring
harness from the vehicle.
2. Turn the ignition off.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the
ignition back to RUN.
4. If the CHECK TRAILER
WIRING message reappears,
the electrical fault is on the
vehicle side.
If the CHECK TRAILER
WIRING message only
reappears when connecting the
trailer wiring harness to the
vehicle, the electrical fault is on
the trailer side.
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE
SYSTEM: This message will display
when there is a problem with the
ITBC system. If this message
continues over multiple ignition
cycles, there is a problem with the
ITBC system. Have the vehicle
serviced.
If either the CHECK TRAILER
WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER
BRAKE SYSTEM message displays
while driving, the ITBC system may
not be fully functional or may not
function at all. When traffic
conditions allow, carefully pull the
vehicle over to the side of the road
and turn the ignition off. Check the

wiring connection to the trailer and
turn the ignition back on. If either of
these messages continues, either
the vehicle or trailer needs service.
A GM dealer may be able to
diagnose and repair problems with
the trailer. However, any diagnosis
and repair of the trailer is not
covered under the vehicle warranty.
Contact your trailer dealer for
assistance with trailer repairs and
trailer warranty information.

Trailer Sway
Control (TSC)
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) feature as part of the
StabiliTrak system. If TSC detects
that the trailer is swaying, the
vehicle's brakes are automatically
applied.

273

When TSC is applying the brakes,
the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light
flashes to notify the driver to reduce
speed. If the trailer continues to
sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine
torque to help slow the vehicle.
TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is
turned off. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 229.

Electronic Trailer Sway Control
Devices
Some trailers may come equipped
with an electronic device designed
to reduce or control trailer sway.
Aftermarket equipment
manufacturers also offer similar
devices that connect to the wiring
between the trailer and the vehicle.
These devices may interfere with
the vehicle’s trailer brake or other
systems, including integrated
anti-sway systems, if equipped.
Messages related to trailer
connections or trailer brakes could
appear on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The effect that these
devices may have on vehicle
handling or trailer brake
performance is unknown.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

274

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
Use of electronic trailer sway
control devices could result in
reduced trailer brake
performance, loss of trailer
brakes, or other malfunctions, and
could cause a crash. You or
others could be injured or killed.
Before using one of these
devices:
. Ask the device or trailer
manufacturer if the device
has been thoroughly tested
for compatibility with the
make, model, and year of
the vehicle as well as
optional equipment installed
on the vehicle.
. Before driving on the open
roads, check that the trailer
brakes are working properly.
Drive the vehicle with the
trailer attached on a level
road surface that is free of
traffic at about 32-40 km/h
(20-25 mph) and fully apply
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
the manual trailer brake
apply lever. Also check that
the trailer brake lamps and
other lamps are functioning
correctly.
.

If the trailer brakes are not
operating properly at any
time, or if a DIC message
indicates problems with the
trailer connections or trailer
brakes, carefully pull the
vehicle over to the side of
the road when traffic
conditions allow.

Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment

{ Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/
Maintenance testing. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 143.
A device connected to the DLC —
such as an aftermarket fleet or
driver-behavior tracking device —
may interfere with vehicle
systems. This could affect vehicle
operation and cause a crash.
Such devices may also access
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating
Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 95 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
0 95.

275

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

276

Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . .
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . . .
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

277
277
278
278

Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 285
Automatic Transmission Fluid
(6 Speed Transmission) . . . . . 286
Automatic Transmission Fluid
(8 and 10 Speed
Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 290
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 294
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Battery - North America . . . . . . 298
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . 301
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 302
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 303
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 303
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 304
Windshield Replacement . . . . . 304
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Intensity Discharge (HID)
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . .

306
306
307
307
307
308

Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . .
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . .
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
(Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

309
309
310
314
317
319

Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 322
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . .

335
335
337
337
339
339
340
341
342
350

Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:

277

California Proposition
65 Warning

{ Warning
Most motor vehicles, including
this one, as well as many of its
service parts and fluids, contain
and/or emit chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and
systems, many fluids, and some
component wear by-products
contain and/or emit these
chemicals. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See Battery - North America 0 298
and Jump Starting - North America
0 351 and the back cover.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

278

Vehicle Care

California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, seat belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.

Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension components
caused by modifying vehicle height
outside of factory settings will not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non-GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 95.

Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work

{ Warning
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner’s manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
0 395.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 95.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 382.

Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood
To open the hood:

1. Pull the handle with this symbol
on it. It is inside the vehicle
under the steering wheel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
find the secondary hood
release. The handle is under
the front edge of the hood near
the center. Push the handle to
the right and at the same time
raise the hood.
Before closing the hood, be sure all
the filler caps are on properly. Then
bring the hood from full open to
within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed
position, pause, and push the front
center of the hood with a swift, firm
motion to fully close the hood.

279

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

280

Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

5.3L V8 Engine

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See
Jump Starting - North America
0 351.
2. Battery - North America 0 298.
3. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System 0 291.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 290.
5. Automatic Transmission
Dipstick. See “How to Check
Automatic Transmission Fluid”
under Automatic Transmission
Fluid (6 Speed Transmission)
0 286 or Automatic
Transmission Fluid (8 and 10
Speed Transmission) 0 289.
6. Remote Negative (–) Location
(Out of View). See Jump
Starting - North America 0 351.
7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 291.
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 283.

9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
“Checking Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 283.
10. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Fluid” under Washer Fluid
0 296.
11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 297.
12. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 310.

281

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

282

Vehicle Care

6.2L V8 Engine

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See
Jump Starting - North America
0 351.
2. Battery - North America 0 298.
3. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System 0 291.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 290.
5. Remote Negative (–) Location
(Out of View). See Jump
Starting - North America 0 351.
6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 291.
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 283.
8. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
“Checking Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 283.
9. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Fluid” under Washer Fluid
0 296.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 297.

11. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 310.

Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
. Use engine oil approved to the
proper specification and of the
proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
. Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
. Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System 0 285.
. Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.

283

Checking Engine Oil
If equipped, the ENGINE OIL LOW
ADD OIL message displays when
the engine oil level may be too low.
Check the oil level before filling to
the recommended level. If the oil is
not low and this message remains
on, see your dealer.
Check the engine oil level regularly,
every 650 km (400 mi), especially
prior to a long trip. The engine oil
dipstick handle is a loop. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 280 for the location.

{ Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.
Follow these guidelines:
. To get an accurate reading, park
the vehicle on level ground.
Check the engine oil level after
the engine has been off for at
least two hours. Checking the

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

284

Vehicle Care

engine oil level on steep grades
or too soon after engine shutoff
can result in incorrect readings.
Accuracy improves when
checking a cold engine prior to
starting. Remove the dipstick
and check the level.
.

If unable to wait two hours, the
engine must be off for at least
15 minutes if the engine is
warm, or at least 30 minutes if
the engine is not warm. Pull out
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean
paper towel or cloth, then push it
back in all the way. Remove it
again, keeping the tip down, and
check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick and
the engine has been off for at least
15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
recommended oil and then recheck
the level. See “Selecting the Right
Engine Oil” later in this section for
an explanation of what kind of oil to
use. For engine oil crankcase
capacity, see Capacities and
Specifications 0 384.

Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 280 for the location of the engine
oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 379.
Specification
Ask for and use engine oils that
meet the dexos1 specification.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Engine oils that have been
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked
with the dexos1 approved logo. See
www.gmdexos.com.

Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the
dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.

Caution
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil or equivalent can result
in engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade
engine oil.
When selecting an oil of the
appropriate viscosity grade, it is
recommended to select an oil of the
correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.

What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the

285

trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, a
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes on to indicate that
an oil change is necessary. Change
the oil as soon as possible within
the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is
possible that, if driving under the
best conditions, the oil life system
may indicate that an oil change is

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

286

Vehicle Care

not necessary for up to a year. The
engine oil and filter must be
changed at least once a year and,
at this time, the system must be
reset. Your dealer has trained
service people who will perform this
work and reset the system. It is also
important to check the oil regularly
over the course of an oil drain
interval and keep it at the proper
level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. Always reset the
engine oil life to 100% after every oil
change. It will not reset itself. To
reset the engine oil life system:
1. Display the REMAINING OIL
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 151.

2. Press and hold V. The oil life
will change to 100%.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Display the REMAINING OIL
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 151.
2. Fully press the accelerator
pedal slowly three times within
five seconds.
3. Display the REMAINING OIL
LIFE on the DIC. If the display
shows 100%, the system is
reset.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the
vehicle is started and/or the
REMAINING OIL LIFE is near 0%,
the engine oil life system has not
been reset. Repeat the procedure.

Automatic Transmission
Fluid (6 Speed
Transmission)
When to Check and Change
Automatic Transmission Fluid
It is usually not necessary to check
the transmission fluid level. The only
reason for fluid loss is a
transmission leak or overheated
transmission. If a small leak is
suspected, then use the following
checking procedures to check the
fluid level. However, if there is a
large leak, then it may be necessary
to have the vehicle towed to a
dealer service department and have
it repaired before driving the vehicle
further.

Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage
the vehicle, and the damage may
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use the
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)

Caution (Continued)

automatic transmission fluid listed
in Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 379.

transmission to overheat. Be sure
to get an accurate reading if
checking the transmission fluid.

Change the fluid and filter at the
scheduled maintenance intervals
listed in Maintenance Schedule
0 370. Be sure to use the
transmission fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 379.

How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid
Caution
Too much or too little fluid can
damage the transmission. Too
much can mean that some of the
fluid could come out and fall on
hot engine parts or exhaust
system parts, starting a fire. Too
little fluid could cause the
(Continued)

Before checking the fluid level,
prepare the vehicle:
1. Start the engine and park the
vehicle on a level surface.
Keep the engine running.
2. Apply the parking brake and
place the shift lever in P (Park).
3. With your foot on the brake
pedal, move the shift lever
through each gear range,
pausing for about
three seconds in each range.
Then, move the shift lever back
to P (Park).
4. Allow the engine to idle (500–
800 rpm) for at least
one minute. Slowly release the
brake pedal.
5. Keep the engine running and
check the transmission fluid
temperature on the Driver

287

Information Center (DIC). See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 151.
6. Using the transmission fluid
temperature reading, determine
and perform the appropriate
check procedure. If the
transmission fluid temperature
reading is not within the
required temperature ranges,
allow the vehicle to cool,
or operate the vehicle until the
appropriate transmission fluid
temperature is reached.
Cold Check Procedure
Use this procedure only as a
reference to determine if the
transmission has enough fluid to be
operated safely until a hot check
procedure can be made. The hot
check procedure is the most
accurate method to check the fluid
level. Perform the hot check
procedure at the first opportunity.
Use this cold check procedure to
check fluid level when the
transmission temperature is
between 27 °C and 32 °C (80 °F and
90 °F).

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

288

Vehicle Care
Hot Check Procedure

1. Locate the transmission
dipstick at the rear of the
engine compartment, on the
passenger side of the vehicle.
See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 280.
2. Flip the handle up, then pull out
the dipstick and wipe it with a
clean rag or paper towel.
3. Install the dipstick by pushing it
back in all the way; wait
three seconds, and then pull it
back out again.
4. Check both sides of the
dipstick and read the lower
level. Repeat the check
procedure to verify the reading.

Use this procedure to check the
transmission fluid level when the
transmission fluid temperature is
between 71 °C and 93 °C (160 °F
and 200 °F).
5. If the fluid level is below the
COLD check band, add only
enough fluid as necessary to
bring the level into the COLD
band. It does not take much
fluid, generally less than 0.5 L
(1 pt). Do not overfill.
6. Perform a hot check at the first
opportunity after the
transmission reaches a normal
operating temperature between
71 °C to 93 °C (160 °F to
200 °F).
7. If the fluid level is in the
acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the way,
then flip the handle down to
lock the dipstick in place.

The hot check is the most accurate
method to check the fluid level. The
hot check should be performed at
the first opportunity in order to verify
the cold check. The fluid level rises
as fluid temperature increases, so it
is important to ensure the
transmission temperature is within
range.

1. Locate the transmission
dipstick at the rear of the
engine compartment, on the
passenger side of the vehicle.
See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 280.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
2. Flip the handle up, then pull out
the dipstick and wipe it with a
clean rag or paper towel.
3. Install the dipstick by pushing it
back in all the way; wait
three seconds, and then pull it
back out again.
4. Check both sides of the
dipstick and read the lower
level. Repeat the check
procedure to verify the reading.

5. Safe operating level is within
the HOT cross hatch band on
the dipstick. If the fluid level is
not within the HOT band, and
the transmission temperature is
between 71 °C and 93 °C
(160 °F and 200 °F), add or
drain fluid as necessary to
bring the level into the HOT
band. If the fluid level is low,
add only enough fluid to bring

the level into the HOT band.
It does not take much fluid,
generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt).
Do not overfill.
6. If the fluid level is in the
acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the way,
then flip the handle down to
lock the dipstick in place.

Consistency of Readings
Always check the fluid level at least
twice using the procedure described
previously. Consistency (repeatable
readings) is important to maintaining
proper fluid level. If readings are still
inconsistent, contact the dealer.

Automatic Transmission
Fluid (8 and 10 Speed
Transmission)
When to Check and Change
Automatic Transmission Fluid
It is usually not necessary to check
the transmission fluid level. The only
reason for fluid loss is a
transmission leak or overheated
transmission. This vehicle is not

289

equipped with a transmission fluid
level dipstick. There is a special
procedure for checking and
changing the transmission fluid in
these vehicles. Because this
procedure is difficult, this should be
done at the dealer. Contact the
dealer for additional information or
the procedure can be found in the
service manual. See Service
Publications Ordering Information
0 395.

Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage
the vehicle, and the damage may
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use the
automatic transmission fluid listed
in Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 379.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

290

Vehicle Care

Change the fluid and filter at the
scheduled maintenance intervals
listed in Maintenance Schedule
0 370. Be sure to use the
transmission fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 379.

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 280 for the location of the engine
air cleaner/filter.

cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
the engine air cleaner/filter (away
from the vehicle), to release loose
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
cleaner/filter for damage, and
replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or
components with water or
compressed air.
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:

When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter

2. Disconnect the outlet duct by
loosening the air duct
clamp (3).
3. Disconnect the electrical
connector (2) and the
connector harness from the
cover.
4. Remove the four screws (1) on
top of the cover of the housing
and lift up the cover.
5. Remove the engine air cleaner/
filter from the housing. Take
care to dislodge as little dirt as
possible.

For intervals on changing and
inspecting the engine air cleaner/
filter, see Maintenance Schedule
0 370.

6. Clean the engine air cleaner/
filter sealing surfaces and the
housing.

How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the
engine running with the engine air
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure that the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
debris. Remove the engine air

1. Locate the air cleaner/filter
assembly. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 280.

7. Inspect or replace the engine
air cleaner/filter.
1. Screws (4)
2. Electrical Connector
3. Air Duct Clamp

8. Reverse Steps 2-4 to reinstall
the filter cover housing.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care

291

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Do not touch heater or radiator
hoses, or other engine parts.
They can be very hot and can
burn you. Do not run the engine if
there is a leak; all coolant could
leak out. That could cause an
engine fire and can burn you. Fix
any leak before driving the
vehicle.

Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when driving.

Cooling System
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.

1. Coolant Surge Tank
2. Coolant Surge Tank
Pressure Cap
3. Engine Electric
Cooling Fan(s)

{ Warning
An underhood electric fan can
start up even when the engine is
not running and can cause injury.
Keep hands, clothing, and tools
away from any underhood
electric fan.

Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating 0 294.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

292

Vehicle Care

What to Use

{ Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such
as alcohol, can boil before the
proper coolant mixture will. With
plain water or the wrong mixture,
the engine could get too hot but
there would not be an overheat
warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be
burned.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. This mixture:
. Gives freezing protection down
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature
. Gives boiling protection up to
129 °C (265 °F), engine
temperature
. Protects against rust and
corrosion
. Will not damage aluminum parts

Helps keep the proper engine
temperature

Caution
Do not use anything other than a
mix of DEX-COOL coolant that
meets GM Standard
GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
water. Anything else can cause
damage to the engine cooling
system and the vehicle, which
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, or by pouring
it on the ground, or into sewers,
streams, or bodies of water. Have
the coolant changed by an
authorized service center, familiar
with legal requirements regarding
used coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.

Checking Coolant
The coolant surge tank is in the
engine compartment on the
passenger side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 280.
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.

Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, wait until it cools down. The
coolant level should be at or above

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
the full cold mark. If it is not, there
may be a leak in the cooling
system.
If coolant is visible but the coolant
level is not at or above the full cold
mark, see “How to Add Coolant to
the Coolant Surge Tank,” following.

How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank

{ Warning
Spilling coolant on hot engine
parts can burn you. Coolant
contains ethylene glycol and it will
burn if the engine parts are hot
enough.

Warning (Continued)
warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be
burned.

{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system are under
pressure. Turning the pressure
cap, even a little, can cause them
to come out at high speed and
you could be burned. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the pressure cap, is hot.
Wait for the cooling system and
pressure cap to cool.

Caution
Failure to follow the specific
coolant fill procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and could
(Continued)

293

Caution (Continued)
cause system damage. If coolant
is not visible in the surge tank,
contact your dealer.
If no coolant is visible in the surge
tank, add coolant.

1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about one full
turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for
that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
slowly, and remove it.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

294

Vehicle Care

3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the full
cold mark.
4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until the
engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates approximately
90 °C (195 °F).
By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
mixture to the coolant surge
tank until the level reaches the
full cold mark.
5. Replace the pressure cap
tightly.
6. Verify coolant level after the
engine is shut off and the
coolant is cold. If necessary,
repeat coolant fill procedure
Steps 1–6.

Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and engine
damage may occur. Be sure the
cap is properly and tightly
secured.

Engine Overheating
Caution
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak in the engine cooling system.
This can cause a loss of all
coolant and can damage the
system and vehicle. Have any
leaks fixed right away.
The vehicle has several indicators
to warn of engine overheating.
There is a coolant temperature
gauge in the vehicle's instrument
cluster. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge 0 138.

In addition, there are ENGINE
OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE,
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS
REDUCED messages in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
get service help right away. See
Roadside Assistance Program
0 390.
If the decision is made to lift the
hood, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.
Check to see if the engine cooling
fan(s) are running. If the engine is
overheating, the fans should be
running. If they are not, do not
continue to run the engine. Have the
vehicle serviced.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
If Steam is Coming from the
Engine Compartment

If No Steam is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
ENGINE or the ENGINE
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
message, along with a low coolant
condition, can indicate a serious
problem.

If there is an engine overheat
warning, but no steam is seen or
heard, the problem may not be too
serious. Sometimes the engine can
get a little too hot when the vehicle:
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
.

Stops after high-speed driving.

Idles for long periods in traffic.

Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing
0 262.

If the ENGINE OVERHEATED
STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
message appears with no sign of
steam, try this for a minute or so:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the
highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the
windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral), and let the
engine idle.
If the engine coolant temperature
gauge is no longer in the overheat
zone or an overheat warning no

295

longer displays, the vehicle can be
driven. Continue to drive the vehicle
slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a
safe vehicle distance from the
vehicle in front. If the warning does
not come back on, continue to drive
normally and have the cooling
system checked for proper fill and
function.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
If there is still no sign of steam and
the vehicle is equipped with an
engine driven cooling fan, push
down the accelerator until the
engine speed is about twice as fast
as normal idle speed for at least
five minutes while the vehicle is
parked. If the warning is still there,
turn off the engine and get everyone
out of the vehicle until it cools down.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for five minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

296

Vehicle Care

Engine Fan
If the vehicle has electric cooling
fans, the fans may be heard
spinning at low speed during most
everyday driving. The fans may turn
off if no cooling is required. Under
heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,
high outside temperatures,
or operation of the air conditioning
system, the fans may change to
high speed and an increase in fan
noise may be heard. This is normal
and indicates that the cooling
system is functioning properly. The
fans will change to low speed when
additional cooling is no longer
required.

protection against freezing in an
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing.

What to Use
When windshield washer fluid needs
to be added, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. Use a fluid that has sufficient

Do not use washer fluid that
contains any type of water
repellent coating. This can
cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip.

Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield
washer system and paint.

Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
washer system.

When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.

Fill the washer fluid tank
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
(Continued)

Adding Washer Fluid
The vehicle has a low washer fluid
message on the DIC that comes on
when the washer fluid is low. The
message is displayed for
15 seconds at the start of each
ignition cycle. When the WASHER
FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message
displays, washer fluid will need to
be added to the windshield washer
fluid reservoir.

The electric engine cooling fans
may run after the engine has been
turned. off. This is normal and no
service is required.

Washer Fluid

Caution

Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 280 for
reservoir location.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
freezing occurs, which could
damage the tank if it is
completely full.

Brakes
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or can
be heard all the time when the
vehicle is moving, except when
applying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.

Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 384.
Brake pads should be replaced as
complete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.

297

Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
replacement brake parts are
installed or if parts are improperly
installed.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid as indicated on the
reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 280 for
the location of the reservoir.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

298

Vehicle Care

Checking Brake Fluid
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
level surface, the brake fluid level
should be between the minimum
and maximum marks on the brake
fluid reservoir.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may
go down:
. Normal brake lining wear. When
new linings are installed, the
fluid level goes back up.
. A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system. Have the
brake hydraulic system fixed.
With a leak, the brakes will not
work well.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.

The wrong or contaminated brake
fluid could result in damage to the
brake system. This could result in
the loss of braking leading to a
possible injury. Always use the
proper GM approved brake fluid.

When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 145.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time
which degrades the effectiveness of
the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
at the specified intervals to prevent
increased stopping distance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 370.
What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
container. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 379.

Caution
If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces, the
paint finish can be damaged.
Immediately wash off any painted
surface.

Battery - North America
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove
the cap and do not add fluid.
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 280 for battery location.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care

{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.

Warning (Continued)

Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.

Four-Wheel Drive

Vehicle Storage

When to Check Lubricant

Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
(Continued)

How to Check Lubricant

not careful. See Jump Starting North America 0 351 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.

See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 277 and the back
cover.

{ Warning

299

Transfer Case
Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 370 to determine when to check
the lubricant.

Automatic Transfer Case
1. Fill Plug
2. Drain Plug

To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
If the level is below the bottom of
the fill plug (1) hole, located on the
transfer case, some lubricant will
need to be added. Add enough
lubricant to raise the level to the
bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use
care not to overtighten the plug.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

300

Vehicle Care

When to Change Lubricant

Rear Axle

Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 370 to determine how often to
change the lubricant.

When to Check Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
check rear axle fluid unless a leak is
suspected or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and
repaired.

What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 379 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.

Front Axle
When to Check and Change
Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
check front axle fluid unless a leak
is suspected, or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and
repaired.
How to Check Lubricant
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.

1. Fill Plug
2. Drain Plug

When the differential is cold, add
enough lubricant to raise the
level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm
(1/8 in) below the fill
plug (1) hole.

When the differential is at
operating temperature (warm),
add enough lubricant to raise the
level to the bottom of the fill
plug (1) hole.

What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 379 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.

All axle assemblies are filled by
volume of fluid during production.
They are not filled to reach a certain
level. When checking the fluid level
on any axle, variations in the
readings can be caused by factory
fill differences between the minimum
and the maximum fluid volume.
Also, if a vehicle has just been
driven before checking the fluid
level, it may appear lower than
normal because fluid has traveled
out along the axle tubes and has
not drained back to the sump area.
Therefore, a reading taken
five minutes after the vehicle has
been driven will appear to have a
lower fluid level than a vehicle that
has been stationary for an hour or

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
two. The rear axle assembly must
be supported on a flat, level surface
to get a true reading.

How to Check Lubricant
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.

The proper level is 1.0 mm to
19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.7 in) below
the bottom of the fill hole, located on
the rear axle. Add only enough fluid
to reach the proper level.

What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 379 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.

Noise Control System
Noise Emission Warranty
General Motors warrants to the first
person who purchases this vehicle
for purposes other than resale and
to each subsequent purchaser that
this vehicle as manufactured by
General Motors was designed, built
and equipped to conform at the time
it left General Motors control with all
applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control
Regulations. This warranty covers
this vehicle as designed, built and
equipped by General Motors and is
not limited to any particular part,
component or system of the vehicle
manufactured by General Motors.
Defects in design, assembly or any
part, component or system of the
vehicle manufactured by General
Motors, which at the time it left
General Motors control caused

301

noise emissions to exceed Federal
standards, are covered by the
warranty for the life of the vehicle.
The following information relates to
compliance with federal noise
emission standards for vehicles with
a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg
(10,000 lbs). The Maintenance
Schedule provides information on
maintaining the noise control system
to minimize degradation of the noise
emission control system during the
life of the vehicle. The noise control
system warranty is given in the
vehicle warranty booklet.
These standards apply only to
vehicles sold in the United States.
Federal law prohibits the following
acts or the causing thereof:
1. The removal or rendering
inoperative by any person,
other than for purposes of
maintenance, repair or
replacement, of any device or
element of design incorporated
into any new vehicle for the
purpose of noise control, prior

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

302

Vehicle Care
to its sale or delivery to the
ultimate purchaser or while it is
in use; or

2. The use of the vehicle after
such device or element of
design has been removed or
rendered inoperative by any
person.
Among those acts presumed to
constitute tampering are the acts
listed below.
Insulation:
Removal of the noise shields or any
underhood insulation.
Engine:
Removal or rendering engine speed
governor, if the vehicle has one,
inoperative so as to allow engine
speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
Fan and Drive:
. Removal of fan clutch, if the
vehicle has one, or rendering
clutch inoperative.
. Removal of the fan shroud, if the
vehicle has one.

Air Intake:
. Removal of the air cleaner
silencer.
. Modification of the air cleaner.
Exhaust:
. Removal of the muffler and/or
resonator.
. Removal of the exhaust pipes
and exhaust pipe clamps.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.

Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.

Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
2. Apply the parking brake. Be
ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.

Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
If equipped with a Key Access
ignition, while parked and with the
parking brake set, try to turn the
ignition off in each shift lever
position.
. The ignition should turn off only
when the shift lever is in
P (Park).
. The key should come out only
when the ignition is off.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.

Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.

303

To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service is
required.

Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear or cracking.
For the proper type and size, see
Maintenance Replacement Parts
0 380.

Front Wiper Blade
Replacement
To replace the wiper blade
assembly:
1. Pull the windshield wiper
assembly away from the
windshield.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

304

Vehicle Care
warranty. Do not allow the
wiper blade arm to touch the
windshield.
5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
To replace the rear wiper blade:

2. Lift up on the latch in the
middle of the wiper blade
where the wiper arm attaches.
3. With the latch open, pull the
wiper blade down toward the
windshield far enough to
release it from the J-hooked
end of the wiper arm.
4. Remove the wiper blade.
Allowing the wiper blade arm to
touch the windshield when no
wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not
be covered by the vehicle

1. With the rear wiper in the off
position, open the liftglass to
access the rear wiper arm/
blade.
The rear wiper blade will not
lock in a vertical position so
care should be used when
pulling it away from the vehicle.

2. Push the release lever (2) to
disengage the hook and push
the wiper arm (1) out of the
blade assembly (3).
3. Push the new blade assembly
securely in the wiper arm hook
until the release lever clicks
into place.
4. Return the wiper arm and
blade assembly to the rest
position on the glass.

Glass Replacement
If the windshield or front side glass
must be replaced, see your dealer
to determine the correct
replacement glass.

Windshield Replacement
HUD System
The windshield is part of the HUD
system. If the windshield must be
replaced, get one that is designed
for HUD or the HUD image may
look out of focus.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Driver Assistance Systems
When a windshield replacement is
needed and the vehicle is equipped
with a front-looking camera sensor
for the Driver Assistance Systems,
the windshield must be installed
according to GM specifications for
these systems to work properly. If it
is not, there may be unexpected
behavior and/or messages from
these systems.

Warning (Continued)
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage periodically. Check to
make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate
is held open with enough force.
If struts are failing to hold the
hood/trunk/liftgate, do not
operate. Have the vehicle
serviced.
Hood

Gas Strut(s)
This vehicle is equipped with gas
strut(s) to provide assistance in
lifting and holding open the hood/
trunk/liftgate system in full open
position.

{ Warning
If the gas struts that hold open
the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,
you or others could be seriously
injured. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service immediately.
Visually inspect the gas struts for
(Continued)

Caution
Do not apply tape or hang any
objects from gas struts. Also do
not push down or pull on gas
struts. This may cause damage to
the vehicle.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 370.

Trunk

305

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

306

Vehicle Care

Headlamp Aiming

Bulb Replacement

Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.

For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, or any bulb changing
procedure not listed in this section,
contact your dealer.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.

High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting

{ Warning
Liftgate

The High Intensity Discharge
(HID) lighting system operates at
a very high voltage. If you try to
service any of the system
components, you could be
seriously injured. Have your
dealer or a qualified technician
service them.
After an HID headlamp bulb has
been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care

LED Lighting

Back-Up Lamps

This vehicle has several LED lamps.
For replacement of any LED lighting
assembly, contact your dealer.

To replace a back-up bulb:

307

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 43.

Fog Lamps

3. Remove the two screws from
the taillamp assembly.
4. Pull the taillamp assembly
straight back to remove.

To replace the front fog lamp bulb:
1. Locate the fog lamp under the
front bumper.
2. Disconnect the electrical
connector from the fog lamp
bulb assembly by pressing the
connector release.
3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise
to remove it from the housing.

2. Remove the taillamp closeout
cover from the lamp assembly
by pulling rearward from the
top and bottom at the same
time to unfasten the snap tabs.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

308

Vehicle Care

5. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the taillamp assembly.

License Plate Lamp

To replace one of these bulbs:

6. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.

1. Push the lamp assembly (3)
toward the center of the
vehicle.

7. Put a new bulb into the socket,
insert it into the taillamp
assembly, and turn the bulb
socket clockwise until it clicks.

2. Pull the lamp assembly down
to remove.
3. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).

8. Reinstall the taillamp assembly
and tighten the screws.
9. Reinstall the taillamp cover by
snapping it into place.

2. Bulb
3. Lamp Assembly

Passenger Side Shown, Driver
Side Similar

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket (1).
5. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket
and turn the bulb socket
clockwise to install it into the
lamp assembly.
6. Push the lamp assembly back
into position until the release
tab locks into place.

1. Bulb Socket

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care

Electrical System

Windshield Wipers

Electrical System
Overload

If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.

The vehicle has fuses to protect
against an electrical system
overload. Fuses also protect power
devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, there
are some spare fuses and a fuse
puller in the left instrument panel
fuse block. The same amperage
fuse can also be borrowed. Choose
some feature of the vehicle that is
not needed to use and replace it as
soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.

Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.

309

{ Danger
Fuses and circuit breakers are
marked with their ampere rating.
Do not exceed the
specified amperage rating when
replacing fuses and circuit
breakers. Use of an oversized
fuse or circuit breaker can result
in a vehicle fire. You and others
could be seriously injured or
killed.
To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
possible.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

310

Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
The engine compartment fuse block
is in the engine compartment, on
the driver side of the vehicle.

Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
A fuse puller is available in the left
instrument panel fuse block.

Lift the cover to access the fuse
block.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care

Fuses
1

Usage
Electric running
boards

Fuses
2

Usage
Antilock brake
system pump

Fuses
3

311

Usage
Interior BEC LT1

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

312

Vehicle Care

Fuses

Usage

Fuses

Usage

Fuses

Passenger
motorized seat belt

–

Suspension
leveling
compressor

Automatic
headlamp leveling/
Exhaust solenoid

Right trailer
stoplamp/Turn
signal lamp

Left trailer
stoplamp/turn
signal lamp

4WD transfer case
electronic control

–

Usage

Fuel pump

Integrated chassis
control module

Real time
dampening

Fuel pump power
module

Trailer parking
lamps

–/Battery regulated
voltage control

Right parking
lamps

Left parking lamps

–

Electric parking
brake/–

–

Upfitter 3

Interior BEC LT2

Upfitter 2

Rear BEC 1

Wiper

Automatic level
control/Run/Crank

–

Trailer interface
module

Upfitter 4

Driver motorized
seat belt

–

Reverse lamps

–

Reverse lamps

–

Antilock brake
system valve

–

Trailer brakes

25
26

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Fuses

Usage

–

Euro trailer

Air conditioning
control

–

Fuses

Usage

Fuses

313

Usage

Engine control
module/Ignition

Horn

Fog lamps

Miscellaneous/
Ignition/–

High-beam
headlamps

Transmission/
Ignition

–

RC upfitter 1 and 2

VBAT
upfitter 1 and 2

–

100

O2 sensor A

101

Engine control
module

102

Engine control
module/
Transmission
control module

103

Auxiliary interior
heater

104

Starter

105

–

Upfitter 1

–

Euro trailer/RC

Trailer battery

–

Secondary
fuel pump

–

RC upfitter 3 and 4

Engine

VBAT
upfitter 3 and 4

Injector A – odd

Injector B – even

–

O2 sensor B

–

Throttle control

106

–

107

Aeroshutter

108

–

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

314

Vehicle Care

Fuses

Usage

Relays

Usage

109

Police upfitter

Upfitter 3

110

–

Upfitter 4

111

–

Parking lamp

113

–

114

Front windshield
washer

Secondary
fuel pump

Upfitter 1

Run/Crank

Engine control
module

112

Starter

115

Rear window
washer

Instrument Panel Fuse
Block (Left)

116

Left cooling fan

117

Fuel pump prime

118

–

119

–

120

Fuel pump prime

The left instrument panel fuse block
access door is on the driver side
edge of the instrument panel.

121

Right HID
headlamp

Pull off the cover to access the fuse
block.

122

Left HID headlamp

123

Right cooling fan

Relays

Usage

Fuel pump

Upfitter 2

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Fuses

The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.

Fuses

Usage

–

315

Usage

–

Accessory power
outlet 1

Retained accessory
power

APO/BATT

Universal garage door
opener/Interior
rearview mirror

SEO/Retained
accessory power

–

Body control module 3

Body control module 5

Steering wheel control
backlighting

–

Discrete logic ignition
sensor

Video processing
module

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

316

Vehicle Care

Fuses

Usage

Fuses

Usage

Mirror window module

Body control module 1

Front bolster (if
equipped)

SEO/Automatic level
control/Left
heated seat

Right heated, cooled,
or ventilated seat (if
equipped)

–

Park enable/Electric
adjustable pedal (if
equipped)

Left heated, cooled,
or ventilated seat (if
equipped)

–

HVAC/Ignition

Miscellaneous/Run
crank

Instrument cluster/
Ignition sensing
diagnostic module/
Ignition

Heated steering wheel

Accessory power
outlet 2

Steering column
lock 2 (if equipped)

Usage

–

Retained accessory
power relay

Instrument cluster
battery

–

Passive entry/Passive
start/HVAC battery

Euro trailer (if
equipped)

Content theft
deterrent

Left doors

Driver power seat

–

26
27
28
29

Tilt column/SEO/Tilt
column lock 1/SEO
Data link connector/
Driver seat module

Relays

Usage

Retained accessory
power

Run/Crank relay

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse
Block (Right)

The right instrument panel fuse
block access door is on the
passenger side edge of the
instrument panel.
Pull off the cover to access the fuse
block.

The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.

Fuses

Usage

–

317

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

318

Vehicle Care

Fuses

Usage

Fuses

Usage

Fuses

Usage

–

Sunroof

Body control module 2

Accessory power
outlet 4

–

Air conditioning
inverter

–

Infotainment/Airbag

–

Glove box

–

–/RF window switch/
Rain sensor

–

Obstacle
detection/USB

Right door window
motor

Front blower

Steering wheel
controls

Radio

Body control module 6

–

Body control module 7

Body control module 8

–

Amplifier

–

Right front seat

–

Accessory power
outlet 3

–

Special equipment
option B2

–

Special equipment
option

–

Body control module 4

Rear seat
entertainment

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Relays
52

Fuses

Usage

Retained accessory
power

Rear Compartment Fuse
Block

The rear compartment fuse block is
behind the access panel on the left
side of the compartment.
Pull the panel out by grabbing the
finger access slot at the rear edge.

The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.

319

Usage
Rear window
defogger relay

–

Right heated second
row seat

Heated mirrors

Liftgate

Glass breakage

Liftglass

Liftgate module logic

Rear wiper

Rear heating,
ventilation, and air
conditioning blower

Second row seat

Liftgate module

Third row seat

Rear accessory power
outlet

Rear window
defogger

Liftgate

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

320

Vehicle Care

Fuses

Usage

Liftglass

Rear fog lamp (if
equipped)

Heated mirror

Relays
1

Usage
Rear window
defogger

Wheels and Tires
Tires

Warning (Continued)
.

Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.

Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
punctured, or broken by
a sudden impact — such
as when hitting a pothole.
Keep tires at the
recommended pressure.

Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the
tread is badly worn,
replace them.

Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.

{ Warning
.

Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.

Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much
flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious
crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 200.
(Continued)

(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
.

Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.

Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.

Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.

See Tire Pressure for
High-Speed Operation 0 328 for
inflation pressure adjustment for
high-speed driving.

All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires 0 321.

Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased

321

traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer
for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 335.
With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
. Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

322

Vehicle Care

tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.

Low-Profile Tires
If the vehicle has P275/55R20 or
P285/45R22 size tires, they are
classified as touring tires and
are designed for on road use.
The low-profile, wide tread
design is not recommended for
off-road driving. See Off-Road
Driving 0 192, for additional
information.
Caution
Low-profile tires are more
susceptible to damage from road
hazards or curb impact than
standard profile tires. Tire and/or
wheel assembly damage can
occur when coming into contact
with road hazards like potholes,
or sharp edged objects, or when
sliding into a curb. The warranty
does not cover this type of
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
damage. Keep tires set to the
correct inflation pressure and
when possible, avoid contact with
curbs, potholes, and other road
hazards.

Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into the sidewall. The
example shows a typical
passenger vehicle tire sidewall.

All-Terrain Tires
This vehicle may have all-terrain
tires. These tires provide good
performance on most road surfaces,
weather conditions, and for off-road
driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 192.
The tread pattern on these tires may
wear more quickly than other tires.
Consider rotating the tires more
frequently than at 12 000 km
(7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
is noted when the tires are
inspected. See Tire Inspection
0 333.

Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire

(1) Tire Size : The tire size code
is a combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section for more detail.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification) : Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation) : The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture : The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week
(01-52) and the last two digits,
the year. For example, the third

week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identification Number
(TIN) : The letters and numbers
following the DOT code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG) : Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more
information, see Uniform Tire
Quality Grading 0 337.

323

(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit : Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load. For
information on recommended
tire pressure see Tire Pressure
0 327 and Vehicle Load Limits
0 200.
(8) Temporary Use Only : Only
use a temporary spare tire until
the road tire is repaired and
replaced. This spare tire should
not be driven on over 112 km/h
(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph)
when pulling a trailer, with the
proper inflation pressure. See
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 350.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

324

Vehicle Care

Tire Designations
Tire Size
The example shows a typical
passenger vehicle tire size.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item C of the tire illustration, it
would mean that the tire's
sidewall is 75 percent as high as
it is wide.
(4) Construction Code : A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description : These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire

is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure : The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight : The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Bead : The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure : The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
0 327.
Curb Weight : The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings : A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.

Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 200.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 200.
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 200.
Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
unit for air pressure.

325

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index : An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure :
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating : The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight : The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

326

Vehicle Care

Normal Occupant Weight : The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 200.
Occupant Distribution :
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure : Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended

tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard.
See Tire Pressure 0 327 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 200.
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim : A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall : The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating : An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction : The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread : The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/
16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
0 335.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards) : A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading 0 337.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 200.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire : Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard : A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits 0 200.

Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.

Caution
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
.

Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.

327

The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity.

Unusual wear.

For additional information
regarding how much weight the
vehicle can carry, and an
example of the Tire and Loading
Information label, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 200. How the
vehicle is loaded affects vehicle
handling and ride comfort. Never
load the vehicle with more
weight than it was designed to
carry.

Poor handling.

When to Check

Rough ride.

Needless damage from
road hazards.

Check the tires once a month
or more.

Premature or
irregular wear.

Poor handling.

Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

328

Vehicle Care

Do not forget the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one. See
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 350 for
additional information.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the

inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Re-check the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Put the valve caps back on the
valve stems to keep out dirt and
moisture and prevent leaks. Use
only valve caps designed for the
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
could be damaged and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.

Tire Pressure for
High-Speed Operation

{ Warning
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
(100 mph) or higher, puts
additional strain on tires.
Sustained high-speed driving
causes excessive heat buildup
and can cause sudden tire failure.
This could cause a crash, and
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
you or others could be killed.
Some high-speed rated tires
require inflation pressure
adjustment for high-speed
operation. When speed limits and
road conditions allow the vehicle
to be driven at high speeds, make
sure the tires are rated for
high-speed operation, are in
excellent condition, and are set to
the correct cold tire inflation
pressure for the vehicle load.
When driving the vehicle at speeds
of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, set
the cold inflation pressure to 20 kPa
(3 psi) above the recommended tire
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. Return
the tires to the recommended cold
tire inflation pressure when
high-speed driving has ended.
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 200 and
Tire Pressure 0 327.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.

329

This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 330.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 396.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

330

Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation

shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 200.

This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tires and transmit the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.

A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low
tire pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. If the vehicle has DIC
buttons, tire pressure levels can be
viewed. For additional information
and details about the DIC operation
and displays, see Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 151.

When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure

The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when

they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 200, for an example of the
Tire and Loading Information label
and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure 0 327.
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition but it does
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
0 333, Tire Rotation 0 334 and Tires
0 320.

Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire pressure warning light
flashes for about one minute and
then stays on for the remainder of
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
message also displays. The
malfunction light and DIC warning
message come on at each ignition
cycle until the problem is corrected.
Some of the conditions that can
cause these to come on are:
. One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and the DIC message
should go off after the road tire
is replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor
Matching Process" later in this
section.

The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service.
Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires 0 335.

331

Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire pressure condition. See
your dealer for service if the TPMS
malfunction light and DIC message
come on and stay on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
This feature provides visual and
audible alerts outside the vehicle to
help when inflating an underinflated
tire to the recommended cold tire
pressure.
When the low tire pressure warning
light comes on:
1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level
place.
2. Set the parking brake firmly.
3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
4. Add air to the tire that is
underinflated. The turn signal
lamp will flash.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

332

Vehicle Care
When the recommended
pressure is reached, the horn
sounds once and the turn
signal lamp will stop flashing
and briefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for all
underinflated tires that have
illuminated the low tire pressure
warning light.
If the tire is overinflated by more
than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will
sound multiple times and the turn
signal lamp will continue to flash for
eight seconds after filling stops. To
release and correct the pressure,
while the turn signal lamp is still
flashing, briefly press the center of
the valve stem. When the
recommended pressure is reached,
the horn sounds once.
If the turn signal lamp does not flash
within 15 seconds after starting to
inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has
not been activated or is not working.
If the hazard warning flashers are
on, the tire fill alert visual feedback
will not work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tire
fill alert properly under the following
conditions:
. There is interference from an
external device or transmitter.
. The air pressure from the
inflation device is not sufficient
to inflate the tire.
. There is a malfunction in
the TPMS.
. There is a malfunction in the
horn or turn signal lamps.
. The identification code of the
TPMS sensor is not registered to
the system.
. The battery of the TPMS sensor
is low.
If the tire fill alert does not operate
due to TPMS interference, move the
vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or
forward and try again. If the tire fill
alert feature is not working, use a
tire pressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
the TPMS sensor matching process
should be performed after replacing
a spare tire with a road tire
containing the TPMS sensor. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off at the next
ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear.
See your dealer for service or to
purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
relearn tool can also be purchased.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
Activation Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657).

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition on without
starting the vehicle or place the
vehicle in Service Mode.
See Ignition Positions (Key
Access) 0 207 or Ignition
Positions (Keyless Access)
0 205.
3. Make sure the Tire Pressure
info page option is turned on.
The info pages on the DIC can
be turned on and off through
the Settings menu. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 151.
4. Use the DIC controls on the
right side of the steering wheel
to scroll to the Tire Pressure
screen under the DIC
info page.

5. Press and hold V in the center
of the DIC controls.
The horn sounds twice to
signal the receiver is in relearn
mode and the TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
displays on the DIC screen.
6. Start with the driver side
front tire.
7. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
8. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
9. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
10. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 7. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been

333

matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.
11. Turn the vehicle off.
12. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.

Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.

The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.

There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

334

Vehicle Care

The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.

The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.

The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.

rotation, check the wheel
alignment.
See When It Is Time for New
Tires 0 335 and Wheel
Replacement 0 339.

the tires have been rotated.
See Tire Pressure 0 327 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 200.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation 0 330.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications 0 384.

{ Warning

Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule 0 370.
Tires are rotated to achieve a
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.

Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.

Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the

Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after

Do not include the spare tire in
the tire rotation.

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors, such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. Some
commercial truck tires may not have
treadwear indicators.
See Tire Inspection 0 333 and Tire
Rotation 0 334 for additional
information.
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) which is molded into
one side of the tire sidewall. The
first two digits represent the week
(01-52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third week of
the year 2010 would have a
four-digit DOT date of 0310.

335

Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.

Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

336

Vehicle Care

GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 322 for additional
information.
GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely

affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation 0 334 for information
on proper tire rotation. However,
if it is necessary to replace only
one axle set of worn tires, place
the new tires on the rear axle.

{ Warning
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels.
This vehicle may have a
different size spare than the
road tires originally installed
on the vehicle. When new, the
vehicle included a spare tire
and wheel assembly with a
similar overall diameter as the
road tires and wheels, so it is
all right to drive on it. The
spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle and will not
affect vehicle handling.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care

{ Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tires’ maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.

Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 329.
The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 200 for the label location and
more information about the Tire
and Loading Information label.

Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control,

337

or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.

{ Warning
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires 0 335 and
Accessories and Modifications
0 278.

Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

338

Vehicle Care

(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.

Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:

norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.

Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A

The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.

All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the

Traction

Temperature
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.

339

Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance

Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.

The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.

Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.

Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.

{ Warning
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

340

Vehicle Care
Caution

The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning
If the vehicle has 265/65R18,
P265/65R18, P275/55R20,
or P285/45R22 size tires, do not
use tire chains. There is not
enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension, or other vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause loss of
control and a crash.
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for the vehicle's
tire size combination and road
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
and readjust or remove the
traction device if it is contacting
the vehicle. Do not spin the
wheels.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
If traction devices are used, install
them on the rear tires.

Caution
If the vehicle has P255/70R17 or
P265/70R17 size tires, use tire
chains only where legal and only
when necessary. Use chains that
are the proper size for the tires.
Install them on the rear tires only.
Do not use chains on the front
tires. Tighten them as tightly as
possible with the ends securely
fastened. Drive slowly and follow
the chain manufacturer's
instructions. If the chains contact
the vehicle, stop and retighten
them. If the contact continues,
slow down until it stops. Driving
too fast or spinning the wheels
with chains on will damage the
vehicle.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care

If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blowout
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it is much more likely to
leak out slowly. But if there ever is a
blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.

341

{ Warning

Warning (Continued)

Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.

be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.

{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 174.

{ Warning
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put the shift lever in
P (Park).
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

342

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)

3. For vehicles with four-wheel
drive with an N (Neutral)
transfer case position, be
sure the transfer case is in a
drive gear — not in
N (Neutral).
4. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
5. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
6. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
corner of the tire being
changed.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire

The following information explains
how to use the jack and change
a tire.

Tire Changing
Before changing a flat tire, see
“Hands-Free Operation” under
Liftgate 0 43.

Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
The equipment needed to change a
flat tire is stored in the rear of the
vehicle, on the driver side, behind a
door in the trim panel.

1. Jack Knob
2. Wing Nut Retaining the
Wheel Blocks
3. Wing Nut Retaining the
Tool Bag

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
4. Turn the jack knob (1)
counterclockwise to release the
jack and wheel blocks from the
bracket.

343

To access the spare tire, refer to the
following graphics and instructions:

5. Turn the wing nut retaining the
wheel blocks (2)
counterclockwise to remove the
wheel blocks and the wheel
block retainer.
Use the following tools:
1. Pull to open the trim
panel door.
The third row driver side seat
may need to be folded to
access the trim panel door.
2. Lift the acoustic pad to access
the jack and tools.
3. Turn the wing nut retaining the
tool bag (3) counterclockwise to
remove it.
Pull the tool bag toward the
front of the vehicle and lift the
rear portion of the bag upward
to remove it.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Jack
Wheel Blocks
Jack Handle
Jack Handle Extensions
Wheel Wrench

1. Hoist Assembly
2. Hoist Shaft
3. Hoist Shaft Access
Cover/Hole
4. Jack Handle Extensions
5. Wheel Wrench
6. Spare Tire Lock
7. Hoist End of Extension Tool
8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down)
10. Tire/Wheel Retainer
11. Hoist Cable

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

344

Vehicle Care

1. Open the hoist shaft access
door (3) on the bumper to
access the spare tire lock (6).

4. Insert the open end of the
extension (7) through the hole
in the rear bumper (8) (hoist
shaft access hole).
Be sure the hoist end of the
extension (7) connects to the
hoist shaft. The ribbed square
end of the extension is used to
lower the spare tire.

If equipped with a hitch cover,
turn the hitch cover retainers
counterclockwise and pull the
cover downward to remove it
before removing the hoist shaft
access door.
2. To remove the spare tire lock
(6), insert the ignition key, turn
it clockwise and then pull it
straight out.

3. Assemble the two jack handle
extensions (4) and wheel
wrench (5), as shown.

5. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel
wrench until the spare tire can
be pulled out from under the
vehicle.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
6. Use the wheel wrench hook to
pull the hoist cable closer to
assist in reaching the
spare tire.

7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle
with some slack in the cable to
access the tire/wheel retainer.
Tilt the retainer and pull it and
the cable and spring through
the center of the wheel.
Once the retainer is separated
from the guide pin, tilt the
retainer and pull it through the
center of the wheel along with
the cable and latch.
8. Put the spare tire near the
flat tire.

345

Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 341 for more information.

2. If the vehicle has a center cap
that covers the wheel
fasteners, place the chisel end
of the wheel wrench in the slot
on the wheel and gently pry the
cap out.
If the wheel has a bolt-on hub
cap, loosen the plastic nut caps
by turning the wheel wrench
counterclockwise. The plastic
nut caps will be retained in the
hub cap after it is removed
from the wheel.

3. Use the wheel wrench to
loosen all the wheel nuts. Turn
the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen the
wheel nuts. Do not remove the
wheel nuts yet.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

346

Vehicle Care

Jacking Locations (Overall View)
4. Position the jack under the
vehicle, as shown.

one jack handle extension.
Attach the wheel wrench to the
jack handle extension. Attach
the jack handle to the jack.
Position the jack on the frame
behind the flat tire where the
frame sections overlap. Turn
the wheel wrench clockwise to
raise the vehicle. Raise the
vehicle far enough off the
ground so there is enough
room for the spare tire to clear
the ground.

both jack handle
extensions (3). Attach the
wheel wrench (4) to the jack
handle extensions (3). Attach
the jack handle (2) to the
jack (1). Use the jacking
pad (5) provided on the rear
axle. Turn the wheel wrench (4)
clockwise to raise the vehicle.
Raise the vehicle far enough
off the ground so there is
enough room for the spare tire
to clear the ground.

{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
Left Front Shown, Right Front
Similar
Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is
on a front tire of the vehicle,
use the jack handle and only

Rear Position
Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is
on a rear tire of the vehicle,
use the jack handle (2) and

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Warning (Continued)

Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.

towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
8. Put the wheel nuts back on
with the rounded end of the
nuts toward the wheel after
mounting the spare tire.
7. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.

{ Warning

5. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
6. Take off the flat tire.

347

{ Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
9. Tighten each wheel nut by
hand. Then use the wheel
wrench to tighten the nuts until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
10. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
vehicle. Lower the jack
completely.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

348

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 384 for original
equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.

Caution
11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a
crisscross sequence as shown
by turning the wheel wrench
clockwise.

{ Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
(Continued)

Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications
0 384 for the wheel nut torque
specification.
When reinstalling the regular wheel
and tire, also reinstall either the
center cap or the bolt-on hub cap,
depending on which one the
vehicle has.

For center caps, line up the tab
on the center cap with the slot in
the wheel. The cap only goes in
one way. Place the cap on the
wheel and press until it snaps
into place.

For bolt-on hub caps, line up the
plastic nut caps with the wheel
nuts and tighten clockwise by
hand to get them started. Then
tighten with the wheel wrench
until snug.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools

{ Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Caution
Storing an aluminum wheel with a
flat tire under your vehicle for an
extended period of time or with
the valve stem pointing up can
damage the wheel. Always stow
the wheel with the valve stem
pointing down and have the
wheel/tire repaired as soon as
possible.

Store the tire under the rear of the
vehicle in the spare tire carrier.
Refer to the following graphics and
instructions:

11. Hoist Cable

1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at
the rear of the vehicle with the
valve stem pointed down, and
to the rear.
2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle.
Separate the tire/wheel retainer
from the guide pin. Pull the pin
through the center of the
wheel. Tilt the retainer down
through the center wheel
opening.
Make sure the retainer is fully
seated across the underside of
the wheel.

Caution
The tire hoist can be damaged if
there is no tension on the cable
when using it. To have the
necessary tension, the spare or
road tire and wheel assembly
must be installed on the tire hoist
to use it.

349

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

350

Vehicle Care
2. Assemble the wheel blocks
and jack together with the
wing nut.

3. Assemble the two jack handle
extensions (4) and wheel
wrench (5).

3. Position the jack and wheel
blocks in the driver side trim
panel over the wheelhouse.

4. Insert the open end of the
extension (7) through the hole
in the rear bumper (8) (hoist
shaft access hole).
5. Raise the tire part way upward.
Make sure the retainer is
seated in the wheel opening.
6. Raise the tire fully against the
underside of the vehicle by
turning the wheel wrench
clockwise until you hear two
clicks or feel it skip twice. The
cable cannot be overtightened.

7. Make sure the tire is stored
securely. Push, pull, and then
try to turn the tire. If the tire
moves, use the wheel wrench
to tighten the cable.
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock.
9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access
cover.
If equipped, reinstall the hitch
cover and turn the retainers
clockwise.
To store the tools:
1. Return the tools (wheel
wrench, jack handle, and jack
handle extensions) to the
tool bag.

4. Turn the jack knob clockwise
until the jack is secured tight in
the mounting bracket. Be sure
to position the holes in the
base of the jack onto the pin in
the mounting bracket.
5. Use the retaining bracket to
fasten the tool bag on the stud
and turn the wing nut clockwise
to secure.
6. Close the trim panel door.

Full-Size Spare Tire
If this vehicle came with a full-size
spare tire, it was fully inflated when
new, however, it can lose air over
time. Check the inflation pressure
regularly.
See Tire Pressure 0 327 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 200. For

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
instructions on how to remove,
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire
Changing 0 342.
If equipped with a temporary use
full-size spare tire, it is indicated on
the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 322. This spare tire
should not be driven on over
112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h
(55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at
the proper inflation pressure. Repair
and replace the road tire as soon as
it is convenient, and stow the spare
tire for future use.

Caution
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive
and a different size spare tire is
installed, do not drive in
four-wheel drive until the flat tire
is repaired and/or replaced. The
vehicle could be damaged and
the repairs would not be covered
by the warranty. Never use
four-wheel drive when a different
size spare tire is installed on the
vehicle.

The vehicle may have a different
size spare tire than the road tires
originally installed on the vehicle.
This spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle, so it is all right
to drive on it. If the vehicle has
four-wheel drive and a different size
spare tire is installed, drive only in
two-wheel drive.
After installing the spare tire on the
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and check that the spare tire is
correctly inflated.
Have the damaged or flat road tire
repaired or replaced and installed
back onto the vehicle as soon as
possible so the spare tire will be
available in case it is needed again.
Do not mix tires and wheels of
different sizes, because they will not
fit. Keep your spare tire and its
wheel together. If the vehicle has a
spare tire that does not match the
original road tires and wheels in size
and type, do not include the spare in
the tire rotation.

351

Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 298.
If the vehicle's battery has run
down, you may want to use another
vehicle and some jumper cables to
start your vehicle. Be sure to use
the following steps to do it safely.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

352

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)

Caution

HANDLING. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.

Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.

See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 277 and the back
cover.

{ Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can
burn you.
. They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.

1. Check the other vehicle.
It must have a 12-volt battery
with a negative ground system.

Caution
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
2. Get the vehicles close enough
so the jumper cables can
reach, but be sure the vehicles
are not touching each other.
If they are, it could cause an

unwanted ground connection.
You would not be able to start
your vehicle, and the bad
grounding could damage the
electrical systems.
To avoid the possibility of the
vehicles rolling, set the parking
brake firmly on both vehicles
involved in the jump start
procedure. Put the automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in Neutral
before setting the parking
brake. For vehicles with
four-wheel-drive with a
N (Neutral) transfer case
position, be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear — not
N (Neutral).

Caution
If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
(Continued)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.
3. Turn the ignition off on both
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
accessories plugged into the
accessory power outlets. Turn
off the radio and all the lamps
that are not needed. This will
avoid sparks and help save
both batteries. And it could
save the radio!
4. Open the hood on the other
vehicle and locate the
positive (+) and negative (−)
terminal locations on that
vehicle.
The positive (+) terminal is
under a red plastic cover at the
positive battery post. To
uncover the positive (+)
terminal, open the red plastic
cover.

For more information on the
location of the remote
positive (+) and remote
negative (−) terminals, see
Engine Compartment Overview
0 280.

{ Warning
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing, and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.

{ Warning
Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
(Continued)

353

Warning (Continued)
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.

{ Warning
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
5. Check that the jumper cables
do not have loose or missing
insulation. If they do, you could
get a shock. The vehicles
could be damaged too.
Before you connect the cables,
here are some basic things you
should know. Positive (+) will
go to positive (+) or to a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one. Negative (−)
will go to a heavy, unpainted

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

354

Vehicle Care
metal engine part or to a
remote negative (−) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a
short that would damage the
battery and maybe other parts
too. And do not connect the
negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal on the
dead battery because this can
cause sparks.

7. Do not let the other end touch
metal. Connect it to the
positive (+) terminal of the
good battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
8. Connect the black negative (−)
cable to the negative (−)
terminal of the good battery.
Use a remote negative (−)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step.

engine and supports the
resonator, on the vehicle with
the dead battery.
10. Start the vehicle with the good
battery and run the engine for a
while.
11. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.

Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.

6. Connect the red positive (+)
cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the vehicle with the
dead battery.

9. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) cable to the metal
bracket that is bolted to the

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle
and removing the jumper cables,
allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

355

Front Attachment Points

Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Do not lash or hook to
suspension components. Use the
proper straps around the tires to
secure the vehicle.
Use only a flatbed tow truck for
towing a disabled vehicle. Never
use a sling type lift or damage will
occur. Use ramps to help reduce
approach angles if necessary.
A towed vehicle should have its
drive wheels off the ground.

The vehicle is equipped with
specific attachment points to be
used to pull the vehicle onto a
flatbed car carrier from a flat road
surface. Do not use these
attachment points to pull the vehicle
from snow, mud or sand.

Consult a professional towing
service if the disabled vehicle must
be towed.

Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle, such as a motor home. The
two most common types of
recreational vehicle towing are

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

356

Vehicle Care

dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy
towing is towing the vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground. Dolly
towing is towing the vehicle with two
wheels on the ground and two
wheels on a dolly.

Dinghy Towing

Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles

Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles

Follow the tow vehicle
manufacturer’s instructions. See
your dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and equipment
recommendations.

Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle.

Caution
If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is
towed with all four wheels on the
ground, the drivetrain
components could be damaged.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
be towed with all four wheels on the
ground.

Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive
vehicles with a two speed transfer
case that have a N (Neutral) and a 4
n setting.

{ Warning
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
To dinghy tow:
1. Position the vehicle being
towed behind the tow vehicle,
facing forward and on a level
surface.
2. Securely attach the vehicle
being towed to the tow vehicle.
3. Apply the parking brake and
start the engine.
4. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
Drive 0 222. Check that the
vehicle is in N (Neutral) by
starting the engine and shifting
the transmission to
R (Reverse) and then to D
(Drive). There should be no
movement of the vehicle while
shifting.
5. Shift the transmission into
D (Drive). Turn the engine off.

Caution
Failure to disconnect the negative
battery cable or to have it contact
the terminals can cause damage
to the vehicle.
6. Disconnect the negative
battery cable at the battery and
secure the nut and bolt. Cover
the negative battery post with a
non-conductive material to
prevent any contact with the
negative battery terminal.
7. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).

Caution
If the steering column is locked,
vehicle damage may occur.
8. Move the steering wheel to
make sure the steering column
is unlocked.
9. With a foot on the brake pedal,
release the parking brake.

357

10. Keep the ignition key in the
towed vehicle in ACC/
ACCESSORY to prevent the
steering column from locking.
If equipped with Keyless
Access, keep the RKE
transmitter outside of the
vehicle, and manually lock the
doors. Access the vehicle as if
it has a dead RKE transmitter
battery, by using the key in the
door lock.
Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
Before disconnecting the towed
vehicle:
1. Park on a level surface.
2. Set the parking brake, then
shift the transmission to
P (Park).
3. Connect the battery.
4. Apply the brake pedal.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

358

Vehicle Care

5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
with the engine off. Shift the
transfer case out of N (Neutral)
to 2 m. See “Shifting out of
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
Drive 0 222. See your dealer if
the transfer case cannot be
shifted out of N (Neutral).

Dolly Towing – Front Towing
(Front Wheels Off the Ground)

Towing a four-wheel-drive vehicle
with all four wheels on the
ground, or even with only two of
its wheels on the ground, will
damage drivetrain components.
Do not tow a four-wheel-drive
vehicle with any of its wheels on
the ground.

6. Check that the vehicle is in 2 m
by starting the engine and
shifting the transmission to
R (Reverse) and then to D
(Drive). There should be
movement of the vehicle while
shifting.
7. Shift the transmission to
P (Park) and turn off the
ignition.
8. Disconnect the vehicle from the
tow vehicle.
9. Release the parking brake.
10. Reset any lost presets.
The outside temperature
display will default to 0 °C
(32 °F) but will reset with
normal usage.

Caution

This vehicle should not be towed
with the rear wheels on the ground.

Caution
If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is
towed with the rear wheels on the
ground, the transmission could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Never tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the
ground.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing – Rear Towing
(Rear Wheels Off the
Ground) – Four-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles

359

This vehicle should not be towed
with any wheels on the ground.

4. Put the transmission in
P (Park).

Dolly Towing – Rear Towing
(Rear Wheels Off the
Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles

5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.
6. Use an adequate clamping
device designed for towing to
ensure that the front wheels
are locked into the straight
position.
7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

Caution
Towing a four-wheel-drive vehicle
with all four wheels on the
ground, or even with only two of
its wheels on the ground, will
damage drivetrain components.
Do not tow a four-wheel-drive
vehicle with any of its wheels on
the ground.

To dolly tow the vehicle from
the rear:
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Drive the rear wheels onto the
dolly.
3. Firmly set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake 0 228.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

360

Vehicle Care

Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 379.

Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.

Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.

Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.

Caution
Do not power wash any
component under the hood that
has this e symbol.
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
This could cause damage that
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The
windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car
wash equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.

Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.

Caution
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings

Caution
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

361

The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or
stainless steel. To prevent damage
always follow these cleaning
instructions:
. Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution.
. Use only approved cleaning
solutions for aluminum, chrome
or stainless steel. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or
contain alkaline substances and
can damage the moldings.
. Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
. Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use.
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

362

Vehicle Care

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
emblems, decals, and stripes.
Follow instructions under "Washing
the Vehicle" previously in this
section.

Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated.

Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
when dry.
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
.

Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer.

Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners.

Ice scrapers or other hard items.

Caution
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.

Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield,
when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
least once a year. Hot, dry climates
may require more frequent
application. Black marks from
rubber material on painted surfaces

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
can be removed by rubbing with a
clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 379.

Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.

Caution
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
or Chrome
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.

Caution
Chrome wheels and other chrome
trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
Always wash the chrome with
soap and water after exposure.

Caution
To avoid surface damage, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
brushes, or cleaners that contain
acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
(Continued)

363

Caution (Continued)
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Inspect drum
brake linings/shoes for wear or
cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.
Inspect power steering for proper
attachment, connections, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

364

Vehicle Care

For 1500 Series vehicles, at least
every other oil change lubricate the
outer tie rod ends.
Control arm ball joints on 1500
Series vehicles are
maintenance-free.

Caution
Lubrication of applicable steering/
suspension points should not be
done unless the temperature is
−12 °C (10 °F) or higher,
or damage could result.

underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect. If equipped
with power assist steps, extend
them and then use a high pressure
wash to clean all joints and gaps.
Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or axles and
should be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel
fuel door hinge and power assist
step hinges, unless the components
are plastic. Applying silicone grease
on weatherstrips with a clean cloth
will make them last longer, seal
better, and not stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the

If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.

Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface. See “Finish Care”
previously in this section.

Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils.
Newspapers or dark garments can
transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.

Never rub any surface
aggressively or with too much
pressure.

Use cleaners specifically designed
for the surfaces being cleaned to
prevent permanent damage. Apply
all cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
switches or controls. Remove
cleaners quickly.

Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
create streaks and attract dirt.
Do not use solutions that contain
strong or caustic soap.

Before using cleaners, read and
follow all safety instructions on the
label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get
proper ventilation.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
. Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove soil from
any interior surface.
. Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.

Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.

Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.

Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
If necessary, use a commercial
glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water.

365

Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.

Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with water
and mild soap.

Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
. When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

366

Vehicle Care

Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating vacuum brush attachment is
being used, only use it on the floor
carpet. Before cleaning, gently
remove as much of the soil as
possible:
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
. For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth

to a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
After cleaning, use a paper towel to
blot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
use a soft bristle brush to remove

dirt that can scratch the surface.
Then gently clean by rubbing with a
microfiber cloth. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically
hand wash the microfiber cloth
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
thoroughly and air dry before
next use.

Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care

367

Caution

{ Warning

Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
not use cleaners that contain
silicone or wax-based products.
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change
the appearance and feel of
leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended.

Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.

Cargo Cover and
Convenience Net
Wash with warm water and mild
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

368

Vehicle Care

Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage:
. The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
. Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
. Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
. Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.

Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats
Pull up on the rear of the driver side
floor mat to unlock each retainer
and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Service and Maintenance

Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 369

Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 370

Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 382

General Information
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil

369

changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.

Caution
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
Do not have chemical flushes that
are not approved by GM
performed on the vehicle. The
use of flushes, solvents, cleaners,
or lubricants that are not
approved by GM could damage
the vehicle, requiring expensive
repairs that are not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

370

Service and Maintenance

have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.

Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather

Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain

Frequently towing a trailer

Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services Normal are for vehicles that:
. Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 200.
. Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See
Fuel 0 254.

Used for high speed or
competitive driving

Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service

Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services Severe are for vehicles that are:

Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 278.

Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
. Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 283.
Once a Month
. Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire Pressure
0 327.
. Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection 0 333.
. Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid
0 296.

Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Service and Maintenance
a year and the oil life system must
be reset. Your trained dealer
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 285.

Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation 0 334.
. Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system.
See Engine Oil 0 283 and
Engine Oil Life System 0 285.

Check engine coolant level. See
Cooling System 0 291.

Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid 0 296.

Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care 0 360. Replace worn or
damaged wiper blades. See
Wiper Blade Replacement
0 303.

371

Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear
at least once a year. See
Exterior Care 0 360. Lubricate
the suspension and steering
components at least every other
oil change (if equipped with
grease fittings).

Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check 0 83.

Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.

Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.

Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure 0 327.

Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 333.

Visually check for fluid leaks.

Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 290.

Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care 0 360.

Inspect brake system. See
Exterior Care 0 360.

Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check 0 302.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

372

Service and Maintenance

Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check
0 302.

Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 303.

Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 303.

Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.

Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. If the hold
open is low, service the gas
strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 305.

Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 58.

Verify spare tire key lock
operation and lubricate as
needed. See Tire Changing
0 342.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1)

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal

373

1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

Service and Maintenance

Inspect evaporative control system. (2)

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3)

@
@
@

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5)

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6)

Replace brake fluid. (7)

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

374

Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal

Contaminated fluid will decrease the
life of the transfer case and/or axles
and should be replaced.

(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.

(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 291.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the transfer case fluid.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 297.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe

375

1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

Service and Maintenance

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1)

Inspect evaporative control system. (2)

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3)

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter.

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)

@
@

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5)

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6)

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,

poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

376

Service and Maintenance

(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
life of the transfer case and/or axles
and should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 291.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 297.

Special Application
Services

Additional
Maintenance and Care

Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every oil change.

Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
0 360.

Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Service and Maintenance
.

To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.

Belts
. Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
. Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
. Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.

Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.

Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 379 for GM approved
fluids.
. Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.

377

Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
. Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
. With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
. Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
. As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

378

Service and Maintenance

of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
. Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For

information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care 0 364 and
Exterior Care 0 360.
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
. Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.

Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Service and Maintenance

379

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage
Automatic Transmission (Except
Denali)
Automatic Transmission
(Denali Only)
Chassis Lubrication
Engine Coolant
Engine Oil

Fluid/Lubricant
DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19352619, in
Canada 19352620).
Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Cooling System 0 291.
Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 283.

Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive)

SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).

Front Axle Propshaft Spline or
One-Piece Propshaft Spline
(Two-Wheel Drive)

Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in
Canada 19257122).

Hydraulic Brake System

DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in
Canada 19299819).

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

380

Service and Maintenance
Usage

Fluid/Lubricant

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges,
Power Assist Steps, and Outer
Liftgate Handle Pivot Points
Rear Axle

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in
Canada 19300458).

Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive)
Weatherstrip Conditioning
Weatherstrip Squeaks
Windshield Washer

DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.

Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

GM Part Number

ACDelco Part Number

22845992

A3181C

19330000

PF63E

23281440

CF188

Oil Filter
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8
Passenger Compartment Air Filter

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Service and Maintenance
Part

GM Part Number

ACDelco Part Number

12622441

41-114

Spark Plugs
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8

381

Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in)

22756331

—

Passenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in)

22756331

—

Rear – 33 cm (13.0 in)

22956295

—

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

382

Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date

Odometer
Reading

Serviced By

Services Performed

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Technical Data

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 385

This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.

Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 384 for the vehicle's engine code.

383

Service Parts
Identification Label
There may be a label on the inside
of the glove box that contains the
following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
. Model designation
.

Paint information

Production options and special
equipment

If there is no label, there is a
barcode on the certification label on
the center (B) pillar to scan for this
same information.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

384

Technical Data

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 379 for more information.
Application
Air Conditioning Refrigerant

Capacities
Metric

English

For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8

16.8 L

17.8 qt

7.6 L

8.0 qt

Short Wheelbase

98.4 L

26.0 gal

Long Wheelbase

119.2 L

31.5 gal

1.5 L

1.6 qt

190 Y

140 lb ft

Engine Oil with Filter
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8
Fuel Tank

Transfer Case Fluid
Wheel Nut Torque

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Technical Data

385

Engine Specifications
Engine

VIN Code

Spark Plug Gap

5.3L V8

0.95–1.10mm (0.037–
0.043 in)

6.2L V8

0.95–1.10mm (0.037–
0.043 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing

5.3L and 6.2L V8 Engines

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

386

Customer Information

Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 389
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 389
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 393
Service Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 398
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 399

Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
GMC. Normally, any concerns with
the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call
1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call
General Motors of Canada
Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
. Dealership name and location.
.

Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.

When contacting GMC, remember
that your concern will likely be
resolved at a dealer's facility. That is
why we suggest following Step One
first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to
enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.

387

You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business Bureaus,
Inc.
3033 Wilson Blvd.
Suite 600
Arlington, VA 22201
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
http://www.bbb.org/council/
programs-services/
dispute-handling-and-resolution/
bbb-auto-line
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners : In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

388

Customer Information

Company wants you to be aware of
its participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada
Company has committed to binding
arbitration of owner disputes
involving factory-related vehicle
service claims. The program
provides for the review of the facts
involved by an impartial third party
arbiter, and may include an informal
hearing before the arbiter. The
program is designed so that the
entire dispute settlement process,
from the time you file your complaint
to the final decision, should be
completed in about 70 days. We
believe our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal,
quick, and free of charge.

Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada
Company
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:

GMC Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33172
Detroit, MI 48232-5172

Your inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).

Customer Assistance
Offices
GMC encourages customers to call
the toll-free number for assistance.
However, if a customer wishes to
write or e-mail GMC, the letter
should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

www.GMC.com
1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782)
1-888-889-2438 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-888-881-3302
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994

Canada
General Motors of Canada
Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gmc.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800

Overseas
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information

389

Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users

G : View maintenance schedules,

GMC Centre (Canada) gmc.ca

alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle
diagnostic information. Schedule
service appointments.

To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), GMC has TTY equipment
available at its Customer Assistance
Center. Any TTY user in the U.S.
can communicate with GMC by
dialing: 1-888-889-2438. TTY users
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

I : View and print dealer-recorded

Take a trip to the GMC Centre:
. Chat live with online help
representatives.
. Use the Vehicle Tools section.

Online Owner Center
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.gmc.com
The GMC online owner experience
is a one-stop resource that allows
interaction with GMC and keeps
important vehicle-specific
information in one place.
Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manuals
and view vehicle-specific how-to
videos.

service records and self-recorded
service records.

Access third party enthusiast
sites and social media networks.

Locate resources such as
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information.

Retrieve your favorite articles,
quizzes, tips, and multimedia
galleries organized into the
Features and Auto Care
Sections.

Download the owner’s manual
for your vehicle, quickly and
easily.

Find the GMC-recommended
maintenance services for your
vehicle.

D : Select a dealer and view
locations, maps, phone numbers,
and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
information.
J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
0 383.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
Satellite radio (if equipped), and
OnStar account information (if
equipped).
F : Chat live with online help
representatives.
See my.gmc.com to register your
vehicle.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

390

Customer Information

GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program

Roadside Assistance
Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438).
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.

This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement, up to certain limits,
of eligible aftermarket adaptive
equipment required for the vehicle,
such as hand controls or a
wheelchair/scooter lift for the
vehicle.
To learn about the GM Mobility
program, see www.gmmobility.com
or call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE
(800-463-7483) for details. TTY
users call 1-800-263-3830.

Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
. Your name, home address, and
home telephone number
. Telephone number of your
location
. Location of the vehicle
.

Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle

Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle

Description of the problem

Coverage
Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle's powertrain
warranty.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
General Motors North America and
GMC reserve the right to make any
changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
General Motors North America and
GMC reserve the right to limit
services or payment to an owner or
driver if they decide the claims are
made too often, or the same type of
claim is made many times.

Services Provided
.

Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information
.

be reimbursed within the
Powertrain warranty period.
Items considered are reasonable
and customary hotel, meals,
rental car, or a vehicle being
delivered back to the customer,
up to 805 km (500 mi).

Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest GMC dealer for warranty
service, or if the vehicle was in a
crash and cannot be driven.
Assistance is not given when the
vehicle is stuck in the sand,
mud, or snow.
Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.

Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.

Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: If your trip is
interrupted due to a warranty
event, incidental expenses may

391

Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.

Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is up to 7 L. Diesel fuel delivery
may be restricted. Propane and
other fuels are not provided
through this service.

Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance

Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.

Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws

Legal fines

Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices

Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
150 km from where your trip was
started to qualify.
Pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy of
the repair orders are required.
Once authorization has been
received, the Roadside
Assistance advisor will help to
make arrangements and explain
how to receive payment.

Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original receipt

Service is not provided if a vehicle
is in an area that is not accessible
to the service vehicle or is not a
regularly traveled or maintained
public road, which includes ice and
winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

392

Customer Information

to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.

Scheduling Service
Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.

Courtesy Transportation
Program
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”

furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.

Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to do so, your
dealer may offer the following
transportation options:
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable
time and distance parameters of
your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are
needed, and public transportation is
used, the expense must be
supported by original receipts and
within the maximum amount allowed
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
customers arrange their own
transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the
dealer may provide an available
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
Reimbursement is limited and must
be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/
provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Additional fees such as fuel usage
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees,
excessive mileage, or rental usage
beyond the completion of the repair
are also your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability.
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.

Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.

393

Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

394

Customer Information

Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.

Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state-of-the-art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.

Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 390.
Gather the following information:
. Driver name, address, and
telephone number
. Driver license number
.

Owner name, address, and
telephone number

Vehicle license plate number

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information
.

Vehicle make, model, and
model year

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)

Insurance company and policy
number

General description of the
damage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? 0 90.

Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.

Service Publications
Ordering Information

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.

Service Manuals

If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.

395

Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.

Owner Information
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle. The
Owner’s Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner’s Manual, and Warranty
Manual.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Without Pouch: Owner’s
Manual only.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

396

Customer Information

RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.

Current and Past Models
Service and Owner publications are
available for many current and past
model year GM vehicles.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.

Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with
Innovation, Science and Economic
Development (ISED) Canada's
RSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /
ICES-001.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.

Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a
safety defect, notify Transport
Canada immediately, and notify
General Motors of Canada
Company. Call Transport
Canada at 1-800-333-0510;
go to:
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate
Defect Investigations and
Recalls Division
80 Noel Street
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-GMC-8782
(1-800-462-8782), or write:
GMC Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33172
Detroit, MI 48232-5172

397

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada
Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0801.
In other Central America and
Caribbean Countries, call
52-722-236-0680.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

398

Customer Information

Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.

Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
. How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
. Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.

These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur.
Note
EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data are
recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information
GM will not access these data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar and has an active service
plan, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional Information
0 406.

Infotainment System
Using the navigation system may
result in the storage of destinations,
addresses, telephone numbers, and
other trip information. See the
infotainment manual for information
on stored data and for deletion
instructions.

399

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

400

OnStar

OnStar Overview

OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

401
402
402
403
405

OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

= Voice Command Button
Q Blue OnStar Button
> Red Emergency Button
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and
Diagnostics Services. OnStar
services may require a paid service
plan and data plan. OnStar requires
the vehicle battery and electrical
system, cellular service, and GPS
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to
existing emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect
information about you and your
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, and
Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.
.

Flashing Green: On a call.

Red: Indicates a problem.

Off: System is active. Press Q
twice to speak with an OnStar
Advisor.

Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Functionality of the Voice Command
button may vary by vehicle and
region.
Press
.

= to:

Open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display. See the
infotainment manual for
information on how to use the
OnStar app.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

OnStar
Or
. Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
. Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped.
Press Q to connect to an
Advisor to:
. Verify account information or
update contact information.
. Get driving directions.
.

Receive a Diagnostic check of
the vehicle's key operating
systems.

Receive Roadside Assistance.

Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
if equipped.

Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/
7 to:
. Get help for an emergency.
.

Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.

Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations
and find evacuation routes.

401

OnStar Services
Emergency
Emergency Services require an
active, OnStar service plan
(excludes Basic Plan). With
Automatic Crash Response, built-in
sensors can automatically alert a
specially trained OnStar Advisor
who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle to help.
Press > for a priority connection to
an OnStar Advisor who can contact
emergency service providers, direct
them to your exact location, and
relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information during a
crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
can locate a nearby service provider
to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

402

OnStar

Security

Navigation

If equipped, OnStar provides these
services:
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
pinpoint the vehicle and help
authorities quickly recover it.
. With Remote Ignition Block,
if equipped, OnStar can block
the engine from being restarted.
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
if equipped, OnStar can work
with law enforcement to
gradually slow the vehicle down.

OnStar navigation requires a
specific OnStar service plan.

1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.

2. Say “Cancel route.” System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”

Theft Alarm Notification
If equipped, if the doors are locked
and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
notification by text, e-mail, or phone
call will be sent. If the vehicle is
stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
with authorities to recover the
vehicle.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.
2. Request directions to be
downloaded to the vehicle.
3. Follow the voice-guided
commands.

Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Functionality of the Voice Command
button may vary by vehicle and
region. For some vehicles, press =
to open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display. For other
vehicles press = as follows.

Cancel Route

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”
Route Preview
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Route preview.” System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Repeat.” System
responds with the last direction
given, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

OnStar
Get My Destination

Connections

1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

The following OnStar services help
with staying connected.

2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

For coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Send Destination to Vehicle
Directions can be sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
download directions to the vehicle’s
navigation system, if equipped. After
the call ends, the navigation screen
will provide prompts to begin driving
directions. Routes that are sent to
the navigation screen can only be
canceled through the navigation
system.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security
. Change the default passwords
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
myGMC mobile application.
Make these passwords different
from each other and use a
combination of letters, numbers,
and symbols to increase the
security.
. Change the default name of the
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your network’s name that
is visible to other wireless
devices. Choose a unique name
and avoid family names or
vehicle descriptions.
OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
The vehicle may have a built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
to the Internet and web content at
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile

403

devices can be connected. A data
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
controls only when it is safe to
do so.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
information, press = to open
the OnStar app on the
infotainment display, then
select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some
vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi
Settings on the screen.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
password, and on some
vehicles, the connection type
(no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent).
3. To change the SSID or
password, press Q or call
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor. On some
vehicles, the SSID and
password can be changed in
the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s
Wi-Fi hotspot will connect
automatically to your mobile

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

404

OnStar

devices. Manage data usage by
turning Wi-Fi on or off on your
mobile device, using the myGMC
mobile app, or by contacting an
OnStar Advisor. On some vehicles,
Wi-Fi can also be managed from the
Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
MyGMC Mobile App (If Available)
Download the myGMC mobile app
to compatible Apple and Android
smartphones. GMC users can
access the following services from a
smartphone:
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
if factory-equipped.
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
with automatic locks.
. Activate the horn and lamps.
.

Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
life, or tire pressure,
if factory-equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitor System.

Send destinations to the vehicle.

Locate the vehicle on a map
(U.S. market only).

Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
on/off, manage settings, and
monitor data consumption,
if equipped.

OnStar AtYourService

Locate a dealer and schedule
service.

OnStar Advisors can provide offers
from restaurants and retailers on
your route, help locate hotels,
or book a room. These services
vary by market.

Request roadside assistance.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Set a parking reminder with pin
drop, take a photo, make a note,
and set a timer.

Connect with GMC on social
media.

Make and receive calls with the
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes.
Functionality of the Voice Command
button may vary by vehicle and
region. For some vehicles, press =
to open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display, then select
Hands-Free calling. For other
vehicles press = as follows.

For myGMC mobile app information
and compatibility, see my.gmc.com.
An active OnStar service,
compatible device, factory-installed
remote start, and power locks are
required. Data rates apply. See
onstar.com for details and system
limitations.

Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to
unlock the doors or sound the horn
and flash the lamps.

Make a Call
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

OnStar
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1” and the
area code. System responds:
“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say “911” without pausing.
System responds: “911.”
4. Say “Call.” System responds:
“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is,”
then says the number.

End a Call
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Proactive Alerts: Receive a
real-time e-mail or text message
regarding potential issues with
key vehicle components, such
as the battery, fuel system,
or starter system. Alerts for
potential issues appear on the
infotainment display. Proactive
Alerts are designed to help
predict specific types of issues
based on information collected
from the vehicle. Other factors
may affect vehicle performance.
Not all issues will deliver alerts.
In some cases, a dealer service
check may be required to
confirm the accuracy of the
alerts.

Dealer Maintenance Notification:
Have the vehicle notify your
preferred dealer when it is time
for maintenance. Your dealer will
then contact you to set up an
appointment.

Press = and say “Minutes” then
“Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.

Diagnostics
By monitoring and reporting on the
vehicle’s key systems, OnStar
Advanced Diagnostics provides a
way to keep up on maintenance.
Capabilities vary by model. See
www.onstar.com for details and
system limitations. Message and
data rates may apply. Advanced
Diagnostics requires an active
OnStar paid service plan, e-mail
address on file, and enrollment in
Advanced Diagnostics.
Includes:
. Diagnostic Alerts: Set
preferences to receive real-time
e-mails, texts, or monthly reports
of the vehicle’s health. Or
press Q to have an Advisor
initiate a remote diagnostic
report.

405

To begin, press Q to speak to an
Advisor, or see www.onstar.com.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

406

OnStar

OnStar Additional
Information
OnStar Smart Driver
OnStar Smart Driver provides
information about driving behavior to
help maximize overall vehicle
performance, reduce wear and tear,
and enhance fuel efficiency. An
Insurance Discounts Eligibility
feature is also offered within OnStar
Smart Driver. See www.onstar.com
for details regarding vehicle
eligibility and system limitations.
OnStar, General Motors, and their
affiliates are not insurance
providers. Obtain insurance only
from licensed insurance providers.

In-Vehicle Audio Messages
Audio messages may play important
information at the following times:
. Prior to vehicle purchase.
Press Q to set up an account.
.

With the OnStar Basic Plan,
every 60 days.

After change in ownership and
at 90 days.

Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can cancel or change account
information.

Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar services if
the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
Press Q and follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
vehicle records and explain OnStar
service options.

How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance,

Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,
Remote Services, Roadside
Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
are available on most vehicles. Not
all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For
more information, a full description
of OnStar services, system
limitations, and OnStar User Terms,
Privacy Statement, and Software
Terms:
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827).
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
.

See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

Press Q to speak with an
Advisor.

OnStar services cannot work unless
the vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
in that area. The wireless service
provider must also have coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar
services. Service involving location

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

OnStar
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar services may not
work if the OnStar equipment is not
properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar services may
not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar — such as
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
electrical system design and
architecture of the vehicle, damage
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
phone network congestion or
jamming — may prevent service.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 396.

Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
with physical disabilities and
medical conditions.
Press
.

Q to help:

Locate a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.

Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.

Provide directions to the closest
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
situations.

TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some
OnStar services. The PIN will need
to be changed the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

407

Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the vehicle
warranty.

Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available
languages may vary by country.

Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not been started for
10 days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
to help gain access to the vehicle.

Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.

Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

408

OnStar

around airports; in tunnels and
underpasses; or in an area with
very dense trees. If GPS signals
are not available, the OnStar
system should still operate to
call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location.
.

In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.

A temporary loss of GPS can cause
loss of the ability to send a
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
Advisor may give a verbal route or
may ask for a call back after the
vehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for
OnStar to send remote signals to
the vehicle. Do not place items over
or near the antenna to prevent
blocking cellular and GPS signal
reception.

Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 274. Added electrical
equipment may interfere with the
operation of the OnStar system and
cause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
software updates or changes to the
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes
may enhance or maintain safety,
security, or the operation of the
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Software updates or changes may
affect or erase data or settings that
are stored in the vehicle, such as
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
tags, saved navigation destinations,
or pre-set radio stations. Neither
OnStar nor GM is responsible for
any affected or erased data or
settings. These updates or changes
may also collect personal
information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy
statement or separately disclosed at
the time of installation. These
updates or changes may also cause
a system to automatically
communicate with GM servers to
collect information about vehicle
system status, identify whether
updates or changes are available,
or deliver updates or changes. An
active OnStar agreement constitutes

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

OnStar
consent to these software updates
or changes and agreement that
either OnStar or GM may remotely
deliver them to the vehicle.

libcurl and unzip and for other third
party software please see http://
opensource.lge.com/index

Privacy

libcurl:

The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
recommend that you review it. If you
have any questions, call
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
or press Q to speak with an
Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties
may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.

OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software and other
third party software. Below are the
notices and licenses associated with

www.onstar.com/us/en/

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, .
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR

409

COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
definitive version of this document
should be available at ftp://
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

410

OnStar

For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White.
This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary
or disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

OnStar
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.

411

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

412

Index

A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . 214
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 235
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 274
Additional Information
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Adjustable Throttle and
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 290
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .180, 184
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 91
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Airbag System (cont'd)
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 86
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Passenger Status Indicator . . . 142
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Alert
Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 250
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 227
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Index
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Assistance Systems for
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 243
Automatic
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . 286, 289
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Shift Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

B
Battery
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Battery (cont'd)
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Battery - North America . . . .298, 351
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 303
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Brake
Pedal and Adjustable
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 145
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 204
Bulb Replacement
Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 308
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

413

C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
California
Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .277, 298, 351,
Back Cover
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Cargo
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 120
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Charging
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 142
Check
Engine Light (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

414

Index

Check (cont'd)
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 303
Child Restraints
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 98
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112, 114
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 393
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Connections
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Control
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Control (cont'd)
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Coolant
Engine Temperature Gauge . . 138
Engine Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180, 184
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 235
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 395
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 393
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Data Collection
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 399
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 398
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Diagnostics
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Door
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 385
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 242
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Driving
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 246
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Index
Driving (cont'd)
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 26
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 198
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 200
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

E
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 309
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314, 317
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Emergency
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Check Light (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 280
Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 137
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 215
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 398
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

415

Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 170
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 172
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

F
Fan
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Features
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 174
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
FlexFuel
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Fluid
Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 286, 289
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Four-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

416

Index

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 248
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .222, 299
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . 146
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Front Seats
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 149
Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 214
Requirements, California . . . . . 255
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Fuses
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Fuses (cont'd)
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 309
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314, 317
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

G
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 137
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Transmission Temperature . . . . 139
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 369
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

H
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 174
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 149
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 172
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 150
Heated
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180, 184

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Index
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 328
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 198
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 231
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 229
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180, 184

I
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . .205, 207
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Indicator
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Instrument Panel
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 55
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

J
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

K
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . 31, 33
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 28

L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 322
Lamps
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 173
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Malfunction Indicator
(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 250
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 252
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 146

417

Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . 104
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Level Control
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 176
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 145
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Check Engine (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning . . . . . . . 148

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

418

Index

Lights (cont'd)
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 149
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 172
Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 140
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 149
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

M
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . 232
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 370
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 143
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Messages
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Mirror
Child-View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Mirrors (cont'd)
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 55
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

N
Navigation
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . 301

O
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Index
Oil (cont'd)
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 285
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 137
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 97
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 389
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Operation
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 395
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

P
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Parking (cont'd)
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 303
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 214
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Parking or Backing
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 243
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 91
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . . 278
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 212
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 82

419

Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 398
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 392
Proposition
65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . .277, 298, 351,
Back Cover

R
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 396
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Rear Climate Control System . . . 184
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 243
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 125
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 355

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

420

Index

Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 33
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Replacement
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 96
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 397
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Ride Control Systems
Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 385
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

S
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 397
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 392
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 84
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 82

Seats
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 67
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 63
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 62
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Second Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Securing Child
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 114
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 278
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 382
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 383

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Index
Service (cont'd)
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 392
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 250
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Special Application Services . . . . 376
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Steering (cont'd)
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Steps
Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Storage
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Storage Areas
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 118
Struts
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
System
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179, 399
Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

421

System (cont'd)
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Systems
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 389
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 51
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327, 328
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 330
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 329

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

422

Index

Tires (cont'd)
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Terminology and Definitions . . 324
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 339
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 259
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 259
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 355
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 273
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Traction
Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 273
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . 286, 289
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 139
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

U
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 337
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 166
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 383
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Vehicle (cont'd)
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 146
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 252
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 339
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Index
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 102
Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 303
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

423

18_GMC_Yukon_YukonDenalli_COV_en_US_84016524A_2017JUN23.ai 1 6/21/2017 8:13:42 AM

2018 Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali

Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner’s Manual

CMY

84016524 A

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Author                          : GMC
Create Date                     : 2017:06:21 13:12:20-04:00
Keywords                        : "2018, GMC, Yukon, Owners, Manual, GMC, Yukon, Owners, Manual, 2018, GMC, Yukon, SUV, Owners, Manual, 2018, GMC, Yukon, XL, Owners, Manual, GMC, Yukon, XL, Owners, Manual, 2018, GMC, Yukon, XL, Full, Size, SUV, Owners, Manual"
Modify Date                     : 2018:04:27 08:25:25-05:00
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Physicalheightininches          : 5.0
Physicalwidthininches           : 7.5
Num Pages                       : 425
Extracted                       : 2018:01:17 13:15:47.703-05:00
Sha 1                           : 30629cac2d8a7af97413bb6bc6833c87554708b3
Size                            : 6200056
Producer                        : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode
Creator Tool                    : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode
Metadata Date                   : 2018:04:27 08:25:25-05:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Modified                        : 2018:01:17 13:16:30.746-05:00
Creator                         : GMC
Description                     : 2018 GMC Yukon, XL and Denali Owner's Manual
Subject                         : 2018 GMC Yukon Owners Manual..GMC Yukon Owners Manual..2018 GMC Yukon SUV Owners Manual..2018 GMC Yukon XL Owners Manual.GMC Yukon XL Owners Manual.2018 GMC Yukon XL Full Size SUV Owners Manual, 2018 GMC Yukon, XL and Denali Owner's Manual
Title                           : Owner's Manual
Document ID                     : uuid:464a9a71-da2a-4ca8-a3e0-96949fdf2305
Instance ID                     : uuid:8fa836bf-7864-4de5-afc8-6d921146aec0
Tags                            : OwnerCenter:GMNA/2018/gmc/yukon, OwnerCenter:GMNA/2018/gmc/yukon_xl, OwnerCenter:GMNA/asset_type/owner_manual
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 425

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools